DCS-Mirror
/
Bussard_fr_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/Bussard/fr_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Correct minor formatting errors and missing GLQuotes in 1Ti, 2Ti, and Tit (#1895) 

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Created 'en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Co-authored-by: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1895
Co-Authored-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Co-Committed-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2021-07-01 20:53:59 +00:00
parent f99dc4a7c4
commit 2e29b383cc
3 changed files with 201 additions and 202 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

128
en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
View File

@ -19,22 +19,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 4 qpv9 figs-hyperbole γενεαλογίαις ἀπεράντοις 1 endless genealogies Paul uses the term **endless** as an exaggeration to emphasize that these are very long. Alternate translation: “lists of names that seem as if they will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 1 4 ft33 γενεαλογίαις 1 genealogies Usually, this term refers to a record of a person’s ancestors. However, in this case it could also mean a record of the supposed ancestors of spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “lists of names”
1TI 1 4 qb9l αἵτινες ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσι 1 which promote arguments The people were debating about these stories and lists of names, but no one could know for certain whether they were true. Alternate translation: “these make people disagree angrily”
1TI 1 4 eu9f figs-abstractnouns οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ 1 rather than the stewardship of God, which is by faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **stewardship** with a concrete noun such as “plan” or “work.” Alternate translations: “helping us to understand God’s plan to save us” or “helping us to do God’s work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 4 p2sr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translations: “which we learn by believing in God” or “which we do by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 4 eu9f figs-abstractnouns οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the stewardship of God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **stewardship** with a concrete noun such as “plan” or “work.” Alternate translations: “helping us to understand God’s plan to save us” or “helping us to do God’s work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 4 p2sr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν πίστει 1 which is by faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translations: “which we learn by believing in God” or “which we do by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 5 myi5 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
1TI 1 5 iwnk grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν 1 Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TI 1 5 iwnk grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν 1 Now the goal of this command is Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TI 1 5 l7un παραγγελίας 1 command This refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
1TI 1 5 i9rs figs-explicit ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can say “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 5 t123 figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 5 t123 figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith This is the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean (1) trust in God or (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean (1) trust in God or (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 7 kz8x grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ νοοῦντες 1 not understanding If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not…either…or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not … either … or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good Alternate translations: “we understand that the law is useful” or “we understand that the law is beneficial”
1TI 1 8 t134 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and son. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus or (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “continue trusting in Jesus” or (2) “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus or (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “continue trusting in Jesus” or (2) “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God) or (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “their relationship with Jesus” or (2) “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus…Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God) or (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “their relationship with Jesus” or (2) “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus … Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them to Satan. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive ἵνα παιδευθῶσι 1 so that they may be taught If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 who desires all men to be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 4 t188 figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 all men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place where people could come. Alternate translation: “to know and accept what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 2 5 t666 translate-unknown εἷς καὶ μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 one mediator of God and of men A **mediator** is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Alternate translation: “and one person who is able to reconcile God and people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 5 t191 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 5 t666 translate-unknown εἷς καὶ μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 and one mediator of God and of men A **mediator** is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Alternate translation: “and one person who is able to reconcile God and people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 5 t191 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 5 t192 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς 1 the man Christ Jesus Paul is likely using the term **man** in a generic sense to refer to the humanity of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus, who is also human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 6 u8r1 δοὺς ἑαυτὸν 1 gave himself Alternate translations: “sacrificed himself” or “died willingly”
1TI 2 6 vz12 ἀντίλυτρον ὑπὲρ πάντων 1 as a ransom for all Alternate translation: “as the price of freedom for everyone”
@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 6 fq7r figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 for which This refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I was made a herald and an apostle If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 “as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω…οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth This could mean either of two things: (1) **faith and truth** could be describing the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” or (2) **faith and truth** could also be describing Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “the Gentiles” or “non-Jewish people groups”
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 8 t206 figs-hendiadys χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ 1 without anger and argument Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **anger** tells what kind of **argument** the men should avoid. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “without angry arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 2 9 t207 figs-ellipsis ὡσαύτως 1 likewise Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “in the same way, I also want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 2 9 sw21 translate-unknown μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 not in braided hair During this time, many Roman women braided their hair lavishly to try to make themselves attractive. If your readers would not be familiar with the practice of braiding hair, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translations: “they should not have fancy hairstyles” or “they should not have elaborate hairstyles that attract attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 9 t210 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 not in braided hair Paul mentions **braids** and gold as ways a woman could give undue attention to her hair. At the time, women would make elaborate braided hairstyles, often weaving in chains of gold. Alternate translations: “not with fancy hairstyles” or “not by means of elaborate hairstyles that attract attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TI 2 9 t210 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 not in braids Paul mentions **braids** and gold as ways a woman could give undue attention to her hair. At the time, women would make elaborate braided hairstyles, often weaving in chains of gold. Alternate translations: “not with fancy hairstyles” or “not by means of elaborate hairstyles that attract attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TI 2 9 rf5v translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls These are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, δι’ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 professing godliness through good works Alternate translation: “who want to honor God by the good things that they do”
1TI 2 11 gb7a figs-idiom ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in quietness Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “by listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -126,10 +126,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and then God created Eve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved through child-bearing Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” “They,” later in the sentence, refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through child-bearing This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” or (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” “They,” later in the sentence, refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” or (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
@ -141,17 +141,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 1 t229 translate-unknown ἐπισκοπῆς 1 overseer This term describes a leader of the early Christian church whose work was to take care of the spiritual needs of believers and make sure that they received accurate biblical teaching. Alternate translation: “spiritual leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work Alternate translations: “an honorable task” or “an honorable role”
1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 a husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translations: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife”
1TI 3 2 qnq9 δεῖ…εἶναι…νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον 1 must be…sober, self-controlled, orderly, hospitable Alternate translation: “He must not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers”
1TI 3 2 qnq9 δεῖ…εἶναι…νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον 1 must be … sober, self-controlled, orderly, hospitable Alternate translation: “He must … not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers”
1TI 3 3 c2c7 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον 1 not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful Alternate translation: “he must not drink alcohol to excess, and he must not fight and argue, but instead, he must be gentle and peaceful”
1TI 3 3 pc2g figs-metaphor ἀφιλάργυρον 1 not money-loving If the expression **loving** money would not convey the idea of something inappropriate in your language, it might be helpful to use a term that expresses the idea of “greed.” Alternate translation: “not greedy for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 4 a8gu προϊστάμενον 1 managing Alternate translations: “he should lead” or “he should take care of”
1TI 3 4 w3un ἐν ὑποταγῇ, μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 in obedience with all honor This could mean one of several things: (1) The overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) The overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) The overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect”
1TI 3 5 n5lt figs-rquestion εἰ δέ τις τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται? 1 for if someone does not know how to manage his own household, how will he take care of the church of God? Paul is making a statement, not actually asking a question. He does not expect Timothy to explain how a man who could not manage his own household could take care of God’s church. Instead, Paul is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for an overseer to demonstrate faithfulness in his personal life before assuming a leadership role in the church. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I say this because a man who is not able to manage his own household will certainly not be able to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ 1 the church of God Here, the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ 1 the church of God Here the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 3 6 q7hu μὴ νεόφυτον 1 not a new convert Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
1TI 3 6 t240 figs-explicit τυφωθεὶς 1 puffed up Paul is warning that a new convert might become excessively proud if he were given an important leadership position right away. Alternate translation: “becoming proud of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 3 6 t241 figs-metaphor τυφωθεὶς 1 puffed up Paul describes being proud figuratively as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he may not fall…into the judgment of the devil Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he may not fall … into the judgment of the devil Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him … as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 7 si1d figs-metaphor τῶν ἔξωθεν 1 those outside Paul speaks of the church figuratively as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ 1 so that he may not fall into disgrace Paul speaks of disgrace figuratively as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 7 t245 figs-metaphor παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 the trap of the devil Paul speaks of the devil tempting someone to sin as if it were a trap that could catch a person. Alternate translation: “so that the devil is not able to tempt him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 8 sxq4 figs-metaphor μὴ διλόγους 1 not double-talkers Paul speaks figuratively about some people as if they could say two things at once. Alternate translation: “they should not say one thing but mean something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 8 g5qi figs-doublenegatives μὴ διλόγους 1 If it is clearer in your language, you can state this positively. Alternate translation: “be honest in what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 3 9 c44a figs-metaphor ἔχοντας 1 holding Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could hold. Alternate translation: “they must continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον 1 the mystery of the faith Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον 1 the mystery Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 the mystery of the faith Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them…be tested first If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them also be tested first If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean one of two things: (1) Alternate translation: “deacons’ wives” (2) Alternate translation: “female deacons”
1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 dignified Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
1TI 3 11 a12k μὴ διαβόλους 1 not slanderers Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 13 cv34 βαθμὸν…καλὸν 1 a good standing This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “an honorable position” or (2) “a good reputation”
1TI 3 13 m684 καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “and they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus” or (2) “and they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence”
1TI 3 14 t262 figs-idiom ἐν τάχει 1 in quickness This expression describes Paul’s haste and urgency. Alternate translation: “as soon as I can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 3 14 zzzu figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1TI 3 14 zzzu figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to come In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1TI 3 15 z9z8 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω 1 but if I delay This does not imply that Paul might choose to take his time rather than hurrying. Alternate translations: “but in case I cannot get there soon” or “but if something prevents me from getting there soon”
1TI 3 15 p9u4 ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι 1 so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. Possible meanings here are: (1) Paul is referring to the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” or (2) Paul is referring specifically to Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us further information about **the household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 15 sg64 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Alternate translations: “the God who is genuinely alive” or “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 3 16 w473 μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness While in most of this letter Paul uses the term **godliness** to describe godly living, in this instance the term instead seems to describe the reverence for God that would lead a person to live a right life. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed, that leads us to worship him, is great”
1TI 3 16 t271 figs-explicit μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 Who was revealed…taken up in glory This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory. This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
1TI 3 16 m4xi figs-activepassive ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί 1 Who was revealed in flesh If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 rqp6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκί 1 in flesh Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 3 16 gm36 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι 1 was justified in the Spirit If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
1TI 4 1 b739 figs-idiom ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times This expression refers to the time period when God’s purposes in history are approaching their culmination and so the evil opposition to them increases. Paul is probably referring to the time period between Jesus’ resurrection and his second coming. Alternate translation: “in these days as God’s purposes advance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 4 1 b931 figs-metaphor ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 1 hw98 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, **faith** refers to either: (1) the teachings about Jesus, or (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” or (2) “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 1 hw98 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Here, **faith** refers to either: (1) the teachings about Jesus, or (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” or (2) “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 1 q13m προσέχοντες 1 attending to Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
1TI 4 1 ae5w figs-doublet πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceiving spirits and teachings of demons These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in false-speaking hypocrisy If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 5 t300 figs-explicit καὶ ἐντεύξεως 1 and prayer In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 6 ks5x figs-metaphor ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 Placing these things before the brothers Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 6 hfx3 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 before the brothers Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 4 6 uyeb figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers This term figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 6 t304 figs-activepassive ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 6 ny78 figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας 1 the words of the faith and of the good teaching Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 4 7 th4i τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 profane and old-womanish fables See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
1TI 4 7 elk7 figs-idiom τοὺς…γραώδεις μύθους 1 old-womanish fables The term **old-womanish** is an idiom that means “silly” or “foolish.” Paul tells Timothy in [5:2](../05/02.md) that he should respect older women as mothers, so Paul’s expression here should be recognized as idiomatic rather than disrespectful. Your language may have a similar expression. Alternate translation: “old wives’ tales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 4 6 ny78 figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας 1 by the words of the faith and of the good teaching Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 4 7 th4i τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 the profane and old-womanish myths See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
1TI 4 7 elk7 figs-idiom γραώδεις μύθους 1 old-womanish myths The term **old-womanish** is an idiom that means “silly” or “foolish.” Paul tells Timothy in [5:2](../05/02.md) that he should respect older women as mothers, so Paul’s expression here should be recognized as idiomatic rather than disrespectful. Your language may have a similar expression. Alternate translation: “old wives’ tales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 4 7 sea5 figs-metaphor γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself for godliness Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 8 t311 figs-quotemarks γὰρ 1 for What follows after this word is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1TI 4 8 i6rh σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
1TI 4 8 t313 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος 1 is valuable for a little This could mean one of three things. Alternate translations: (1) “has some small value” or (2) “has value for a little while” or (3) “does not have very much value”
1TI 4 8 df19 ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα 1 having promise for Alternate translation: “will bring benefits”
1TI 4 9 t315 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md), in this context, the term **word** means “statement” or “saying.” (Paul is referring to the entire saying that he quoted in the previous verse.) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
1TI 4 9 t315 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 That word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md), in this context, the term **word** means “statement” or “saying.” (Paul is referring to the entire saying that he quoted in the previous verse.) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
1TI 4 9 hc1t καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
1TI 4 10 l2yl grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ 1 for unto this The term **this** refers to “godliness,” which Paul mentions in the previous two verses. Paul is giving a reason why Timothy should believe the saying about the value of godliness. He and his other fellow workers are striving very hard to become godly, so it must be valuable. Alternate translation: “after all, it is for godliness that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle The terms **toil** and **struggle** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which he and his fellow workers are serving God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “we work so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -240,15 +240,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
1TI 4 12 t325 ἐν λόγῳ 1 in word In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 14 i1ka figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἀμέλει 1 You can state this in a positive way if that is more natural for your language. Alternate translations: “continue to use” or “make sure you develop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 4 14 t22x figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God’s gift. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-explicit μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 4 14 rr8f translate-symaction ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου 1 with the imposition of the hands of the elders Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their hands on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1TI 4 15 sbcg figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 15 sbcg figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 15 m65m figs-metaphor ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι 1 Study these things, be in them Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 15 merc figs-explicit σου ἡ προκοπὴ 1 If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 15 merc figs-explicit σου ἡ προκοπὴ 1 your progress If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save both yourself and your listeners Possible meanings are: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment or (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
@ -256,28 +256,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man Alternate translation: “do not reprimand an older man”
1TI 5 1 dnf2 ἀλλὰ παρακάλει 1 but exhort him Alternate translation: “instead, encourage him”
1TI 5 1 enp9 figs-simile ὡς πατέρα…ὡς ἀδελφούς 1 as a father…as brothers Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with the same sincere love and respect that he would show to family members. Alternate translation: “as if he were your own father … encourage them as if they were your own brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TI 5 2 t1pv figs-simile ὡς μητέρας…ὡς ἀδελφὰς 1 as mothers…as sisters Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect, just as he would treat family members. Alternate translation: “encourage each of them as if they were your own mother … encourage them as if they were your own sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TI 5 1 enp9 figs-simile ὡς πατέρα, νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς 1 as a father, younger men as brothers Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with the same sincere love and respect that he would show to family members. Alternate translation: “as if he were your own father, and encourage younger men as if they were your own brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TI 5 2 t1pv figs-simile ὡς μητέρας, νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφὰς 1 as mothers, younger women as sisters Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect, just as he would treat family members. Alternate translation: “encourage each of them as if they were your own mother, and encourage younger women as if they were your own sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TI 5 2 ivl7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ 1 in all purity If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **purity** with an adjective such as “pure.” Alternate translation: “making sure that your thoughts and actions are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 3 smp5 figs-idiom χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 real widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
1TI 5 4 vv64 τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 1 Here, these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
1TI 5 4 vv64 τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 1 children or grandchildren Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
1TI 5 4 w38h πρῶτον 1 first This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) It could mean that, of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” or (2) It could mean that these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
1TI 5 4 fnab μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν 1 Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
1TI 5 4 fnab μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν 1 let them learn to honor Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
1TI 5 4 t344 figs-parallelism μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears There are two possible meanings here: (1) These two phrases may mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” or (2) However, there may be a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 5 4 g5mu figs-metonymy τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον 1 their own household Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 5 4 q5c8 ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 make repayment to their forebears Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
1TI 5 4 t347 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 for Paul uses this term to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 5 4 t348 figs-metaphor τοῦτο…ἐστιν ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is pleasing before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Alternate translations: “this is pleasing in God’s view” or “this pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 5 xp1u figs-hendiadys ἡ…ὄντως χήρα καὶ μεμονωμένη 1 the genuine and left-alone widow The two words **genuine** and **left-alone** work together to describe one condition, and they may be combined if that is clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a widow who is genuinely alone” Or it may be that **left-alone** further defines **genuine**. Alternate translation: “a real widow, that is, one who has no family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 5 5 ggk0 ἡ…χήρα 1 Here, **the … widow** does not refer to any specific widow, but to all widows who meet this description. Alternate translations: “any … widow” or “all … widows”
1TI 5 5 ggk0 ἡ…χήρα 1 the … widow Here, **the … widow** does not refer to any specific widow, but to all widows who meet this description. Alternate translations: “any … widow” or “all … widows”
1TI 5 5 u1lj figs-ellipsis προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 continues in requests and prayers Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TI 5 6 t353 figs-nominaladj ἡ…σπαταλῶσα 1 the one cavorting Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to describe a certain kind of widow. It does not refer to a specific person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any widow who lives wantonly and extravagantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 living, has died Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 8 y645 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται 1 he has denied the faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 8 evm7 figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever The implication is that this person is worse than an unbeliever because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -289,14 +289,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1TI 5 10 t366 figs-synecdoche ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TI 5 10 bw4h figs-idiom ἁγίων 1 the saints This expression refers to believers in Jesus as people who are “holy” or “set apart” for God. Alternate translations: “the believers” or “God’s holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν 1 relieved the afflicted Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 10 h96j figs-hyperbole παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν 1 pursued every good work Paul uses the word **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has done many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν 1 she has relieved the afflicted Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 10 h96j figs-hyperbole παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν 1 she has pursued every good work Paul uses the word **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has done many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 5 11 rv5h νεωτέρας δὲ χήρας παραιτοῦ 1 But refuse younger widows Alternate translation: “But do not add the names of widows who are younger than 60 years old to the list of widows”
1TI 5 11 vqq9 figs-explicit ὅταν…καταστρηνιάσωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when they become wanton against Christ The implication is that when a widow accepted a place on the register, she promised to remain unmarried and devote herself to serving other believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when they feel bodily desires that are contrary to their pledge of chastity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 12 t372 ἔχουσαι κρίμα 1 having judgment Alternate translation: “and so they incur God’s judgment”
1TI 5 12 nha7 τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 they have broken their first pledge The term **pledge** here refers to a commitment that the widows made, as the last note to [5:11](../05/11.md) explains, that they would serve the Christian community for the rest of their lives and not remarry if the community would supply their needs. Alternate translations: “they have not kept their prior commitment” or “they have not done what they had previously promised to do”
1TI 5 13 t4iv ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν 1 they learn to be lazy ones Alternate translation: “they get into the habit of doing nothing”
1TI 5 13 t375 figs-nominaladj ἀργαὶ 1 lazy ones Paul is using the adjective **lazy** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 13 t375 figs-nominaladj ἀργαὶ 1 lazy Paul is using the adjective **lazy** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 13 t376 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 going around houses Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
@ -308,25 +308,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 double honor Here, **double honor** means either: (1) that the congregation should honor the elders in two ways, or (2) that they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translations: (1) “of both respect and payment for their work” or (2) “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** means either: (1) that the congregation should honor the elders in two ways, or (2) that they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translations: (1) “of both respect and payment for their work” or (2) “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the Scripture says Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 18 t392 figs-declarative βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις 1 You will not muzzle a threshing ox Here the Scriptures use a statement in order to give a command. Alternate translation: “you must not muzzle an ox while it is treading on grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1TI 5 18 vw3a figs-metaphor βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις 1 You will not muzzle a threshing ox Paul is quoting this passage figuratively. He is using it to indicate that, just as God wanted oxen to be able to eat some of the grain that they were working to separate from its husks, so church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community that they are serving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 18 g985 translate-unknown φιμώσεις 1 you will not muzzle A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 5 18 t6kp translate-unknown ἀλοῶντα 1 a threshing ox An ox in this culture would **thresh** grain by walking on it or pulling a heavy object over it to separate the grain from the husks. Alternate translation: “an ox that is separating grain from husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 5 18 g985 translate-unknown οὐ φιμώσεις 1 you will not muzzle A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “Do not keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “You must not prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 5 18 t6kp translate-unknown βοῦν ἀλοῶντα 1 a threshing ox An ox in this culture would **thresh** grain by walking on it or pulling a heavy object over it to separate the grain from the husks. Alternate translation: “an ox that is separating grain from husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1TI 5 18 kys1 ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The worthy is worthy of his wages Alternate translations: “a worker has a right to be paid” or “a worker should receive his wages”
1TI 5 19 af68 grammar-connect-exceptions κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ 1 do not receive an accusation, except if If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 upon two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 on two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. There are two possibilities here: (1) This could refer to any believers who are sinning, or (2) Paul could still be talking about elders. Alternate translations: (1) “believers who are sinning” or (2) “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 21 x0zp διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
1TI 5 21 t405 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 21 x0zp διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
1TI 5 21 t405 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 21 t7jq figs-idiom τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the chosen angels This means the angels whom God has chosen to serve him in a special way. Alternate translation: “the angels who are God’s special servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 21 dph6 ταῦτα φυλάξῃς 1 keep these things Alternate translation: “you follow these instructions”
1TI 5 21 t409 ταῦτα 1 these things Grammatically, this could refer either to the instructions Paul has just given Timothy about elders or to the instructions he is about to give Timothy regarding his own personal conduct. But since Paul tells Timothy to follow these instructions without favoring one person over another, it is most likely that this refers to the instructions about elders. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just told you”
@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 22 t411 figs-litotes χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει 1 Place hands hastily on no one Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “wait until a person has consistently demonstrated good character before appointing that person to church leadership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TI 5 22 pyl8 figs-explicit μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις 1 nor share in the sins of others The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 23 xl32 figs-explicit οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ 1 use a little wine Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-gendernotations τινῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of some men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. There are two possibilities for this place of **judgment**: (1) This refers to the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” or (2) This refers to judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, Paul may be referring to either (1) judgment by God, Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” or (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 1 f5pc figs-explicit ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching Implicitly Paul means the teaching about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 2 fvv7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 2 nmh9 καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ 1 beloved This could mean: (1) that God loves these people, or (2) that other believers love these people, or both. Alternate translations: (1) “whom God loves” or (2) “and so their believing slaves should love them”
1TI 6 3 t430 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 the healthy words See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 t430 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could mean either: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus, or (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-metaphor τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -364,13 +364,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 4 xt1z λογομαχίας 1 word-battles Alternate translation: “fights about the meaning of words”
1TI 6 4 y3mx βλασφημίαι 1 blasphemies While this term often refers to untrue or disrespectful things that people say about God, in this context it refers to people falsely saying bad things about each other. Alternate translation: “insults”
1TI 6 4 kn69 ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί 1 evil suspicions Alternate translation: “people thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
1TI 6 5 x93f figs-metaphor διαπαρατριβαὶ 1 **Friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 5 x93f figs-metaphor διαπαρατριβαὶ 1 friction Here, **friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 5 z2d8 figs-activepassive διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 5 tyf7 figs-parallelism διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 6 5 t443 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 5 t443 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 between men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 6 q5sq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Paul uses this term to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment is great gain If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **godliness** and **contentment** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “doing what is godly along with being content with what a person has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 6 6 o6j4 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πορισμὸς μέγας 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gain** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “makes a person very well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **godliness** and **contentment** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “doing what is godly along with being content with what a person has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 6 6 o6j4 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πορισμὸς μέγας 1 is great gain If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gain** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “makes a person very well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 6 7 t446 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “after all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 6 7 j6qv figs-explicit οὐδὲν…εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 we brought nothing into the world The implication is that Paul is speaking about when a person is born. Alternate translation: “brought nothing into the world when we were born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 7 t448 figs-ellipsis ὅτι 1 that Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and so it is also clear that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 9 t459 figs-doublet ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν 1 ruin and destruction These two words mean very similar things. Paul uses them both to emphasize that this is very bad. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use one term with a word that adds emphasis. Alternate translations: “complete destruction” or “total ruin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 6 10 t460 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to introduce the reasons for what the previous sentence stated. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 6 10 xs9d figs-metaphor ῥίζα…πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία 1 a root of all evils is the love of money Paul speaks figuratively of evil as if it were a plant, and of the love of money as if it were the root from which that plant grew. Alternate translation: “loving money leads a person to do all kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 10 t462 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 all evils Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 6 10 t462 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 of all evils Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TI 6 10 j5z9 ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι 1 which, some desiring The reference here is to people desiring money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
1TI 6 10 b83v figs-metaphor ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 10 t465 figs-activepassive ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -411,11 +411,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 15 t482 figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 6 15 ac6y figs-explicit ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης 1 the blessed and only Sovereign This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 16 l9i8 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed”
1TI 6 16 t485 figs-nominaladj ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 6 16 t485 figs-nominaladj ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only One who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 6 16 tsz3 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 occupying unapproachable ligh Alternate translation: “who lives in light so bright that no one can come near it”
1TI 6 16 t487 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Paul is using this adjective as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 6 17 z4ec ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 The **present age** is the time period in which we are living, before Jesus returns and establishes God’s rule over all people. Alternate translation: “at this time”
1TI 6 17 z4ec ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age The **present age** is the time period in which we are living, before Jesus returns and establishes God’s rule over all people. Alternate translation: “at this time”
1TI 6 17 drj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι 1 in the uncertainty of riches If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **uncertainty** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “in riches, which are so uncertain” or “in wealth, which a person can lose so easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 6 17 iq61 figs-ellipsis πάντα πλουσίως εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν 1 all things richly unto enjoyment By **all**, Paul is referring to all of the things that anyone actually has, not to everything that it might be possible to have. If it is clearer in your language, you may want to include words to make that clear. Alternate translation: “all of the things that we have so that we can enjoy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 6 18 cii3 figs-metaphor πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς 1 to be rich in good works Paul speaks figuratively of doing things to help others as a way of becoming wealthy, but it is measured in something other than money. Alternate translation: “to serve and help others in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 19 z5ru figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς 1 so that they may grasp genuine life Paul is using the same image as in the phrase **grasp eternal life** in [6:12](../06/12.md). He is speaking figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. Alternate translation: “so that they can indeed live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 20 u9wd figs-activepassive τὴν παραθήκην 1 guard the entrustment If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what Jesus has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 20 dd1v figs-explicit τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard the entrustment The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the godless chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the profane chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean that the false teachers: (1) are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief or (2) that they are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements”
1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 have missed the mark regarding the faith See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
19 1TI 1 4 qpv9 figs-hyperbole γενεαλογίαις ἀπεράντοις 1 endless genealogies Paul uses the term **endless** as an exaggeration to emphasize that these are very long. Alternate translation: “lists of names that seem as if they will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
20 1TI 1 4 ft33 γενεαλογίαις 1 genealogies Usually, this term refers to a record of a person’s ancestors. However, in this case it could also mean a record of the supposed ancestors of spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “lists of names”
21 1TI 1 4 qb9l αἵτινες ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσι 1 which promote arguments The people were debating about these stories and lists of names, but no one could know for certain whether they were true. Alternate translation: “these make people disagree angrily”
22 1TI 1 4 eu9f figs-abstractnouns οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ 1 rather than the stewardship of God, which is by faith the stewardship of God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **stewardship** with a concrete noun such as “plan” or “work.” Alternate translations: “helping us to understand God’s plan to save us” or “helping us to do God’s work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
23 1TI 1 4 p2sr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν πίστει 1 which is by faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translations: “which we learn by believing in God” or “which we do by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24 1TI 1 5 myi5 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
25 1TI 1 5 iwnk grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν 1 Now the goal of this command is Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
26 1TI 1 5 l7un παραγγελίας 1 command This refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
27 1TI 1 5 i9rs figs-explicit ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can say “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28 1TI 1 5 t123 figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29 1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
30 1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
31 1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith This is the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
32 1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean (1) trust in God or (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
33 1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34 1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35 1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36 1TI 1 7 kz8x grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ νοοῦντες 1 not understanding If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
37 1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not…either…or not … either … or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
38 1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
39 1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good Alternate translations: “we understand that the law is useful” or “we understand that the law is beneficial”
40 1TI 1 8 t134 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
75 1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and son. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76 1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
77 1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78 1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus or (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “continue trusting in Jesus” or (2) “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
79 1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
80 1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81 1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God) or (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “their relationship with Jesus” or (2) “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
82 1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus…Alexander Hymenaeus … Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
83 1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them to Satan. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
85 1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive ἵνα παιδευθῶσι 1 so that they may be taught If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
94 1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 who desires all men to be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95 1TI 2 4 t188 figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 all men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
96 1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place where people could come. Alternate translation: “to know and accept what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 1TI 2 5 t666 translate-unknown εἷς καὶ μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 one mediator of God and of men and one mediator of God and of men A **mediator** is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Alternate translation: “and one person who is able to reconcile God and people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
98 1TI 2 5 t191 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
99 1TI 2 5 t192 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς 1 the man Christ Jesus Paul is likely using the term **man** in a generic sense to refer to the humanity of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus, who is also human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
100 1TI 2 6 u8r1 δοὺς ἑαυτὸν 1 gave himself Alternate translations: “sacrificed himself” or “died willingly”
101 1TI 2 6 vz12 ἀντίλυτρον ὑπὲρ πάντων 1 as a ransom for all Alternate translation: “as the price of freedom for everyone”
103 1TI 2 6 fq7r figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
104 1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 for which This refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
105 1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I was made a herald and an apostle If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
106 1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
107 1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
108 1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 “as a follower of Christ”
109 1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω…οὐ ψεύδομαι ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
110 1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth This could mean either of two things: (1) **faith and truth** could be describing the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” or (2) **faith and truth** could also be describing Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
111 1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
112 1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “the Gentiles” or “non-Jewish people groups”
116 1TI 2 8 t206 figs-hendiadys χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ 1 without anger and argument Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **anger** tells what kind of **argument** the men should avoid. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “without angry arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
117 1TI 2 9 t207 figs-ellipsis ὡσαύτως 1 likewise Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “in the same way, I also want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
118 1TI 2 9 sw21 translate-unknown μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 not in braided hair During this time, many Roman women braided their hair lavishly to try to make themselves attractive. If your readers would not be familiar with the practice of braiding hair, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translations: “they should not have fancy hairstyles” or “they should not have elaborate hairstyles that attract attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
119 1TI 2 9 t210 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 not in braided hair not in braids Paul mentions **braids** and gold as ways a woman could give undue attention to her hair. At the time, women would make elaborate braided hairstyles, often weaving in chains of gold. Alternate translations: “not with fancy hairstyles” or “not by means of elaborate hairstyles that attract attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
120 1TI 2 9 rf5v translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls These are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
121 1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, δι’ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 professing godliness through good works Alternate translation: “who want to honor God by the good things that they do”
122 1TI 2 11 gb7a figs-idiom ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in quietness Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “by listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
126 1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and then God created Eve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
127 1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
129 1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 transgression came into transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
130 1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
131 1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved through child-bearing she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” “They,” later in the sentence, refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
132 1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through child-bearing she will be saved through childbearing This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” or (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
133 1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
134 1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
135 1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
141 1TI 3 1 t229 translate-unknown ἐπισκοπῆς 1 overseer This term describes a leader of the early Christian church whose work was to take care of the spiritual needs of believers and make sure that they received accurate biblical teaching. Alternate translation: “spiritual leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
142 1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work Alternate translations: “an honorable task” or “an honorable role”
143 1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 a husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translations: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife”
144 1TI 3 2 qnq9 δεῖ…εἶναι…νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον 1 must be…sober, self-controlled, orderly, hospitable must be … sober, self-controlled, orderly, hospitable Alternate translation: “He must not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers” Alternate translation: “He must … not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers”
145 1TI 3 3 c2c7 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον 1 not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful Alternate translation: “he must not drink alcohol to excess, and he must not fight and argue, but instead, he must be gentle and peaceful”
146 1TI 3 3 pc2g figs-metaphor ἀφιλάργυρον 1 not money-loving If the expression **loving** money would not convey the idea of something inappropriate in your language, it might be helpful to use a term that expresses the idea of “greed.” Alternate translation: “not greedy for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 1TI 3 4 a8gu προϊστάμενον 1 managing Alternate translations: “he should lead” or “he should take care of”
148 1TI 3 4 w3un ἐν ὑποταγῇ, μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 in obedience with all honor This could mean one of several things: (1) The overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) The overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) The overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect”
149 1TI 3 5 n5lt figs-rquestion εἰ δέ τις τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται? 1 for if someone does not know how to manage his own household, how will he take care of the church of God? Paul is making a statement, not actually asking a question. He does not expect Timothy to explain how a man who could not manage his own household could take care of God’s church. Instead, Paul is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for an overseer to demonstrate faithfulness in his personal life before assuming a leadership role in the church. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I say this because a man who is not able to manage his own household will certainly not be able to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
150 1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ 1 the church of God Here, the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
151 1TI 3 6 q7hu μὴ νεόφυτον 1 not a new convert Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
152 1TI 3 6 t240 figs-explicit τυφωθεὶς 1 puffed up Paul is warning that a new convert might become excessively proud if he were given an important leadership position right away. Alternate translation: “becoming proud of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
153 1TI 3 6 t241 figs-metaphor τυφωθεὶς 1 puffed up Paul describes being proud figuratively as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
154 1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he may not fall…into the judgment of the devil so that he may not fall … into the judgment of the devil Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him … as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 1TI 3 7 si1d figs-metaphor τῶν ἔξωθεν 1 those outside Paul speaks of the church figuratively as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156 1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ 1 so that he may not fall into disgrace Paul speaks of disgrace figuratively as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 1TI 3 7 t245 figs-metaphor παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 the trap of the devil Paul speaks of the devil tempting someone to sin as if it were a trap that could catch a person. Alternate translation: “so that the devil is not able to tempt him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
159 1TI 3 8 sxq4 figs-metaphor μὴ διλόγους 1 not double-talkers Paul speaks figuratively about some people as if they could say two things at once. Alternate translation: “they should not say one thing but mean something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160 1TI 3 8 g5qi figs-doublenegatives μὴ διλόγους 1 If it is clearer in your language, you can state this positively. Alternate translation: “be honest in what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
161 1TI 3 9 c44a figs-metaphor ἔχοντας 1 holding Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could hold. Alternate translation: “they must continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
162 1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον 1 the mystery of the faith the mystery Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
163 1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 the mystery of the faith Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
164 1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
165 1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them…be tested first let them also be tested first If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean one of two things: (1) Alternate translation: “deacons’ wives” (2) Alternate translation: “female deacons”
167 1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 dignified Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
168 1TI 3 11 a12k μὴ διαβόλους 1 not slanderers Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
174 1TI 3 13 cv34 βαθμὸν…καλὸν 1 a good standing This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “an honorable position” or (2) “a good reputation”
175 1TI 3 13 m684 καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “and they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus” or (2) “and they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence”
176 1TI 3 14 t262 figs-idiom ἐν τάχει 1 in quickness This expression describes Paul’s haste and urgency. Alternate translation: “as soon as I can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
177 1TI 3 14 zzzu figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to come In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
178 1TI 3 15 z9z8 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω 1 but if I delay This does not imply that Paul might choose to take his time rather than hurrying. Alternate translations: “but in case I cannot get there soon” or “but if something prevents me from getting there soon”
179 1TI 3 15 p9u4 ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι 1 so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. Possible meanings here are: (1) Paul is referring to the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” or (2) Paul is referring specifically to Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
180 1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us further information about **the household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
183 1TI 3 15 sg64 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Alternate translations: “the God who is genuinely alive” or “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
184 1TI 3 16 w473 μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness While in most of this letter Paul uses the term **godliness** to describe godly living, in this instance the term instead seems to describe the reverence for God that would lead a person to live a right life. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed, that leads us to worship him, is great”
185 1TI 3 16 t271 figs-explicit μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 1 great is the mystery of godliness Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
186 1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 Who was revealed…taken up in glory Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory. This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
187 1TI 3 16 m4xi figs-activepassive ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί 1 Who was revealed in flesh If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
188 1TI 3 16 rqp6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκί 1 in flesh Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189 1TI 3 16 gm36 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι 1 was justified in the Spirit If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
196 1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
197 1TI 4 1 b739 figs-idiom ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times This expression refers to the time period when God’s purposes in history are approaching their culmination and so the evil opposition to them increases. Paul is probably referring to the time period between Jesus’ resurrection and his second coming. Alternate translation: “in these days as God’s purposes advance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
198 1TI 4 1 b931 figs-metaphor ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
199 1TI 4 1 hw98 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Here, **faith** refers to either: (1) the teachings about Jesus, or (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” or (2) “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
200 1TI 4 1 q13m προσέχοντες 1 attending to Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
201 1TI 4 1 ae5w figs-doublet πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceiving spirits and teachings of demons These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
202 1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in false-speaking hypocrisy If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
218 1TI 4 5 t300 figs-explicit καὶ ἐντεύξεως 1 and prayer In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
219 1TI 4 6 ks5x figs-metaphor ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 Placing these things before the brothers Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220 1TI 4 6 hfx3 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
221 1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers before the brothers Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
222 1TI 4 6 uyeb figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers This term figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
223 1TI 4 6 t304 figs-activepassive ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
224 1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225 1TI 4 6 ny78 figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας 1 the words of the faith and of the good teaching by the words of the faith and of the good teaching Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
226 1TI 4 7 th4i τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 profane and old-womanish fables the profane and old-womanish myths See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
227 1TI 4 7 elk7 figs-idiom τοὺς…γραώδεις μύθους γραώδεις μύθους 1 old-womanish fables old-womanish myths The term **old-womanish** is an idiom that means “silly” or “foolish.” Paul tells Timothy in [5:2](../05/02.md) that he should respect older women as mothers, so Paul’s expression here should be recognized as idiomatic rather than disrespectful. Your language may have a similar expression. Alternate translation: “old wives’ tales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
228 1TI 4 7 sea5 figs-metaphor γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself for godliness Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229 1TI 4 8 t311 figs-quotemarks γὰρ 1 for What follows after this word is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
230 1TI 4 8 i6rh σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
231 1TI 4 8 t313 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος 1 is valuable for a little This could mean one of three things. Alternate translations: (1) “has some small value” or (2) “has value for a little while” or (3) “does not have very much value”
232 1TI 4 8 df19 ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα 1 having promise for Alternate translation: “will bring benefits”
233 1TI 4 9 t315 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy That word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md), in this context, the term **word** means “statement” or “saying.” (Paul is referring to the entire saying that he quoted in the previous verse.) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
234 1TI 4 9 hc1t καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
235 1TI 4 10 l2yl grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ 1 for unto this The term **this** refers to “godliness,” which Paul mentions in the previous two verses. Paul is giving a reason why Timothy should believe the saying about the value of godliness. He and his other fellow workers are striving very hard to become godly, so it must be valuable. Alternate translation: “after all, it is for godliness that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
236 1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle The terms **toil** and **struggle** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which he and his fellow workers are serving God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “we work so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
240 1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
241 1TI 4 12 t325 ἐν λόγῳ 1 in word In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
242 1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
243 1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
244 1TI 4 14 i1ka figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἀμέλει 1 You can state this in a positive way if that is more natural for your language. Alternate translations: “continue to use” or “make sure you develop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
245 1TI 4 14 t22x figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God’s gift. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246 1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-explicit μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
248 1TI 4 14 rr8f translate-symaction ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου 1 with the imposition of the hands of the elders Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their hands on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
249 1TI 4 15 sbcg figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
250 1TI 4 15 m65m figs-metaphor ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι 1 Study these things, be in them Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
251 1TI 4 15 merc figs-explicit σου ἡ προκοπὴ 1 your progress If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252 1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
253 1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
254 1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save both yourself and your listeners Possible meanings are: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment or (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
256 1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
257 1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man Alternate translation: “do not reprimand an older man”
258 1TI 5 1 dnf2 ἀλλὰ παρακάλει 1 but exhort him Alternate translation: “instead, encourage him”
259 1TI 5 1 enp9 figs-simile ὡς πατέρα…ὡς ἀδελφούς ὡς πατέρα, νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς 1 as a father…as brothers as a father, younger men as brothers Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with the same sincere love and respect that he would show to family members. Alternate translation: “as if he were your own father … encourage them as if they were your own brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with the same sincere love and respect that he would show to family members. Alternate translation: “as if he were your own father, and encourage younger men as if they were your own brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
260 1TI 5 2 t1pv figs-simile ὡς μητέρας…ὡς ἀδελφὰς ὡς μητέρας, νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφὰς 1 as mothers…as sisters as mothers, younger women as sisters Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect, just as he would treat family members. Alternate translation: “encourage each of them as if they were your own mother … encourage them as if they were your own sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect, just as he would treat family members. Alternate translation: “encourage each of them as if they were your own mother, and encourage younger women as if they were your own sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
261 1TI 5 2 ivl7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ 1 in all purity If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **purity** with an adjective such as “pure.” Alternate translation: “making sure that your thoughts and actions are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
262 1TI 5 3 smp5 figs-idiom χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
263 1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 real widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
264 1TI 5 4 vv64 τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 1 children or grandchildren Here, these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children. Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
265 1TI 5 4 w38h πρῶτον 1 first This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) It could mean that, of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” or (2) It could mean that these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
266 1TI 5 4 fnab μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν 1 let them learn to honor Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
267 1TI 5 4 t344 figs-parallelism μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears There are two possible meanings here: (1) These two phrases may mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” or (2) However, there may be a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
268 1TI 5 4 g5mu figs-metonymy τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον 1 their own household Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
269 1TI 5 4 q5c8 ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 make repayment to their forebears Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
270 1TI 5 4 t347 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 for Paul uses this term to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
271 1TI 5 4 t348 figs-metaphor τοῦτο…ἐστιν ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is pleasing before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Alternate translations: “this is pleasing in God’s view” or “this pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
272 1TI 5 5 xp1u figs-hendiadys ἡ…ὄντως χήρα καὶ μεμονωμένη 1 the genuine and left-alone widow The two words **genuine** and **left-alone** work together to describe one condition, and they may be combined if that is clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a widow who is genuinely alone” Or it may be that **left-alone** further defines **genuine**. Alternate translation: “a real widow, that is, one who has no family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
273 1TI 5 5 ggk0 ἡ…χήρα 1 the … widow Here, **the … widow** does not refer to any specific widow, but to all widows who meet this description. Alternate translations: “any … widow” or “all … widows”
274 1TI 5 5 u1lj figs-ellipsis προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 continues in requests and prayers Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
275 1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 requests and prayers in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
276 1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
277 1TI 5 6 t353 figs-nominaladj ἡ…σπαταλῶσα 1 the one cavorting Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to describe a certain kind of widow. It does not refer to a specific person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any widow who lives wantonly and extravagantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
278 1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 living, has died Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
279 1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
280 1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 does not provide for his own, and especially for household members someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
281 1TI 5 8 y645 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται 1 he has denied the faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
282 1TI 5 8 evm7 figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever The implication is that this person is worse than an unbeliever because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
283 1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
289 1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
290 1TI 5 10 t366 figs-synecdoche ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
291 1TI 5 10 bw4h figs-idiom ἁγίων 1 the saints This expression refers to believers in Jesus as people who are “holy” or “set apart” for God. Alternate translations: “the believers” or “God’s holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
292 1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν 1 relieved the afflicted she has relieved the afflicted Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
293 1TI 5 10 h96j figs-hyperbole παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν 1 pursued every good work she has pursued every good work Paul uses the word **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has done many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
294 1TI 5 11 rv5h νεωτέρας δὲ χήρας παραιτοῦ 1 But refuse younger widows Alternate translation: “But do not add the names of widows who are younger than 60 years old to the list of widows”
295 1TI 5 11 vqq9 figs-explicit ὅταν…καταστρηνιάσωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when they become wanton against Christ The implication is that when a widow accepted a place on the register, she promised to remain unmarried and devote herself to serving other believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when they feel bodily desires that are contrary to their pledge of chastity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
296 1TI 5 12 t372 ἔχουσαι κρίμα 1 having judgment Alternate translation: “and so they incur God’s judgment”
297 1TI 5 12 nha7 τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 they have broken their first pledge The term **pledge** here refers to a commitment that the widows made, as the last note to [5:11](../05/11.md) explains, that they would serve the Christian community for the rest of their lives and not remarry if the community would supply their needs. Alternate translations: “they have not kept their prior commitment” or “they have not done what they had previously promised to do”
298 1TI 5 13 t4iv ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν 1 they learn to be lazy ones Alternate translation: “they get into the habit of doing nothing”
299 1TI 5 13 t375 figs-nominaladj ἀργαὶ 1 lazy ones lazy Paul is using the adjective **lazy** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
300 1TI 5 13 t376 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 going around houses Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
301 1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
302 1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
308 1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
310 1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
311 1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 double honor of double honor Here, **double honor** means either: (1) that the congregation should honor the elders in two ways, or (2) that they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translations: (1) “of both respect and payment for their work” or (2) “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
312 1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
313 1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
314 1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
315 1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the Scripture says Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
316 1TI 5 18 t392 figs-declarative βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις 1 You will not muzzle a threshing ox Here the Scriptures use a statement in order to give a command. Alternate translation: “you must not muzzle an ox while it is treading on grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
317 1TI 5 18 vw3a figs-metaphor βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις 1 You will not muzzle a threshing ox Paul is quoting this passage figuratively. He is using it to indicate that, just as God wanted oxen to be able to eat some of the grain that they were working to separate from its husks, so church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community that they are serving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
318 1TI 5 18 g985 translate-unknown φιμώσεις οὐ φιμώσεις 1 you will not muzzle A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “Do not keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “You must not prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
319 1TI 5 18 t6kp translate-unknown ἀλοῶντα βοῦν ἀλοῶντα 1 a threshing ox An ox in this culture would **thresh** grain by walking on it or pulling a heavy object over it to separate the grain from the husks. Alternate translation: “an ox that is separating grain from husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
320 1TI 5 18 kys1 ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The worthy is worthy of his wages Alternate translations: “a worker has a right to be paid” or “a worker should receive his wages”
321 1TI 5 19 af68 grammar-connect-exceptions κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ 1 do not receive an accusation, except if If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
322 1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 upon two or three witnesses on two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
323 1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
324 1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. There are two possibilities here: (1) This could refer to any believers who are sinning, or (2) Paul could still be talking about elders. Alternate translations: (1) “believers who are sinning” or (2) “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
325 1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326 1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
327 1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
328 1TI 5 21 x0zp διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
329 1TI 5 21 t405 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels before God and Christ Jesus Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
330 1TI 5 21 t7jq figs-idiom τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the chosen angels This means the angels whom God has chosen to serve him in a special way. Alternate translation: “the angels who are God’s special servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
331 1TI 5 21 dph6 ταῦτα φυλάξῃς 1 keep these things Alternate translation: “you follow these instructions”
332 1TI 5 21 t409 ταῦτα 1 these things Grammatically, this could refer either to the instructions Paul has just given Timothy about elders or to the instructions he is about to give Timothy regarding his own personal conduct. But since Paul tells Timothy to follow these instructions without favoring one person over another, it is most likely that this refers to the instructions about elders. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just told you”
335 1TI 5 22 t411 figs-litotes χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει 1 Place hands hastily on no one Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “wait until a person has consistently demonstrated good character before appointing that person to church leadership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
336 1TI 5 22 pyl8 figs-explicit μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις 1 nor share in the sins of others The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337 1TI 5 23 xl32 figs-explicit οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ 1 use a little wine Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
338 1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων τινῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 men of some men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
339 1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. There are two possibilities for this place of **judgment**: (1) This refers to the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” or (2) This refers to judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
340 1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, Paul may be referring to either (1) judgment by God, Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” or (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
341 1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
352 1TI 6 1 f5pc figs-explicit ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching Implicitly Paul means the teaching about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
353 1TI 6 2 fvv7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
354 1TI 6 2 nmh9 καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ 1 beloved This could mean: (1) that God loves these people, or (2) that other believers love these people, or both. Alternate translations: (1) “whom God loves” or (2) “and so their believing slaves should love them”
355 1TI 6 3 t430 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 the healthy words to the healthy words See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
356 1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 the healthy words to the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could mean either: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus, or (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
358 1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-metaphor τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
359 1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
364 1TI 6 4 xt1z λογομαχίας 1 word-battles Alternate translation: “fights about the meaning of words”
365 1TI 6 4 y3mx βλασφημίαι 1 blasphemies While this term often refers to untrue or disrespectful things that people say about God, in this context it refers to people falsely saying bad things about each other. Alternate translation: “insults”
366 1TI 6 4 kn69 ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί 1 evil suspicions Alternate translation: “people thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
367 1TI 6 5 x93f figs-metaphor διαπαρατριβαὶ 1 friction **Friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
368 1TI 6 5 z2d8 figs-activepassive διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
369 1TI 6 5 tyf7 figs-parallelism διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
370 1TI 6 5 t443 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men between men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
371 1TI 6 6 q5sq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Paul uses this term to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
372 1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment is great gain godliness with contentment If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **godliness** and **contentment** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “doing what is godly along with being content with what a person has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
373 1TI 6 6 o6j4 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πορισμὸς μέγας 1 is great gain If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gain** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “makes a person very well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
374 1TI 6 7 t446 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “after all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
375 1TI 6 7 j6qv figs-explicit οὐδὲν…εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 we brought nothing into the world The implication is that Paul is speaking about when a person is born. Alternate translation: “brought nothing into the world when we were born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
376 1TI 6 7 t448 figs-ellipsis ὅτι 1 that Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and so it is also clear that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
387 1TI 6 9 t459 figs-doublet ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν 1 ruin and destruction These two words mean very similar things. Paul uses them both to emphasize that this is very bad. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use one term with a word that adds emphasis. Alternate translations: “complete destruction” or “total ruin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
388 1TI 6 10 t460 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to introduce the reasons for what the previous sentence stated. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
389 1TI 6 10 xs9d figs-metaphor ῥίζα…πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία 1 a root of all evils is the love of money Paul speaks figuratively of evil as if it were a plant, and of the love of money as if it were the root from which that plant grew. Alternate translation: “loving money leads a person to do all kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390 1TI 6 10 t462 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 all evils of all evils Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
391 1TI 6 10 j5z9 ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι 1 which, some desiring The reference here is to people desiring money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
392 1TI 6 10 b83v figs-metaphor ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393 1TI 6 10 t465 figs-activepassive ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 have been led away from the faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
411 1TI 6 15 t482 figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
412 1TI 6 15 ac6y figs-explicit ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης 1 the blessed and only Sovereign This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
413 1TI 6 16 l9i8 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed”
414 1TI 6 16 t485 figs-nominaladj ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only One who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
415 1TI 6 16 tsz3 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 occupying unapproachable ligh Alternate translation: “who lives in light so bright that no one can come near it”
416 1TI 6 16 t487 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
417 1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Paul is using this adjective as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
418 1TI 6 17 z4ec ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age The **present age** is the time period in which we are living, before Jesus returns and establishes God’s rule over all people. Alternate translation: “at this time”
419 1TI 6 17 drj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι 1 in the uncertainty of riches If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **uncertainty** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “in riches, which are so uncertain” or “in wealth, which a person can lose so easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
420 1TI 6 17 iq61 figs-ellipsis πάντα πλουσίως εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν 1 all things richly unto enjoyment By **all**, Paul is referring to all of the things that anyone actually has, not to everything that it might be possible to have. If it is clearer in your language, you may want to include words to make that clear. Alternate translation: “all of the things that we have so that we can enjoy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
421 1TI 6 18 cii3 figs-metaphor πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς 1 to be rich in good works Paul speaks figuratively of doing things to help others as a way of becoming wealthy, but it is measured in something other than money. Alternate translation: “to serve and help others in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
425 1TI 6 19 z5ru figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς 1 so that they may grasp genuine life Paul is using the same image as in the phrase **grasp eternal life** in [6:12](../06/12.md). He is speaking figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. Alternate translation: “so that they can indeed live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
426 1TI 6 20 u9wd figs-activepassive τὴν παραθήκην 1 guard the entrustment If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what Jesus has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
427 1TI 6 20 dd1v figs-explicit τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard the entrustment The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
428 1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the godless chatter avoiding the profane chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
429 1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean that the false teachers: (1) are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief or (2) that they are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements”
430 1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
431 1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 have missed the mark regarding the faith See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
432 1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
433 1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

170
en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
View File

@ -5,70 +5,70 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 1 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul This letter follows the normal custom of the time by beginning with the name and identity of the author, then mentioning the recipient (in verse 2). Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am writing this letter”
2TI 1 1 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle. Alternate translation: “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so”
2TI 1 1 e1lg κατ’ 1 according to This could mean one of two things. (1) God appointed Paul to tell others about the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing” (2) Paul became an apostle because he himself received the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a result of receiving”
2TI 1 1 m9kv figs-metaphor ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 2 p002 translate-names Τιμοθέῳ 1 Timothy This is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 2 rp5u Τιμοθέῳ 1 Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
2TI 1 1 m9kv figs-metaphor ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 2 p002 translate-names Τιμοθέῳ 1 to Timothy This is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 2 rp5u Τιμοθέῳ 1 to Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
2TI 1 2 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 my beloved child Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father and This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 1 3 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 3 rz7s figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν 1 as I have constant remembrance of you in my prayers night and day Paul speaks of the action of remembering by using the abstract noun **remembrance**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternative translation: “as I think about you constantly in my prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 3 rz7s figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν 1 as I have constant remembrance of you Paul speaks of the action of remembering by using the abstract noun **remembrance**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternative translation: “as I think about you constantly in my prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 3 p005 figs-yousingular σοῦ 1 you The word **you** is singular here and throughout the book, since Paul is addressing Timothy. A note will discuss the one exception in 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2TI 1 3 pa6q figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day Here, **night and day** are used together to refer to all the time included in the night and the day. This means that Paul prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that he prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” Alternate translation: “always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2TI 1 4 p006 figs-explicit μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων 1 remembering your tears It is implied that Paul is referring here to the time when Paul was leaving Timothy. If this is unclear, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “remembering how you cried when I left you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 4 kk82 figs-metonymy σου τῶν δακρύων 1 your tears Here, **your tears** refers to the act of Timothy’s crying or being very sad. Alternate translation: “that you cried” or “your sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 4 gu8c figs-metaphor χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could **fill**. Alternate translation: “I may be very joyful” or “I may rejoice a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 4 p007 figs-activepassive χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “joy may fill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 1 5 ayl4 figs-idiom ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν 1 This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 1 5 ayl4 figs-idiom ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν 1 having received remembrance This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 1 5 buc3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 5 p008 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 the genuine faith in you Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 5 vgz2 figs-personification ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 faith, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “…faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2TI 1 5 p008 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 5 vgz2 figs-personification ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2TI 1 5 l8wc translate-names Λωΐδι 1 Lois This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 5 p009 translate-names Εὐνίκῃ 1 Eunice This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 6 j58k δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul writes that the **reason** for asking Timothy to rekindle his gift is that he is confident of Timothy’s faith in Jesus. Alternative translation: “for this reason” or “because of your faith in Jesus”
2TI 1 6 h6eq figs-metaphor ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα 1 rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy’s need to start using his **gift** again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: “be eager once more to use the gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 6 h6eq figs-metaphor ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα 1 to rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy’s need to start using his **gift** again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: “be eager once more to use the gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 6 i977 translate-symaction τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul placed his **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God’s Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do. Then Timothy received the gift from the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in 1 Tim 4:14. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I prayed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2TI 1 6 p010 figs-metaphor τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 6 s6vb figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 7 u8vl grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **for** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2TI 1 6 s6vb figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 7 u8vl grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that … ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline This could mean one of two things. (1) **spirit** could refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) **spirit** could refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
2TI 1 7 p011 figs-abstractnouns δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of power, and of love, and of discipline Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 discipline The word **discipline** could mean one of two things. (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of discipline The word **discipline** could mean one of two things. (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
2TI 1 8 fk9z figs-metonymy τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternative translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 8 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternative translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
2TI 1 8 xa86 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
2TI 1 8 hi9a τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 the gospel, according to the power of God Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
2TI 1 8 xa86 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
2TI 1 8 hi9a τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 for the gospel, according to the power of God Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Paul uses the expression **with a holy calling** to mean one of two possibilities. (1) This describes what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” or (2) This describes the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here, the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 1 9 pq1z figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 9 zq7m figs-idiom πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before eternal times This is an idiom that indicates that God decided to save through faith in Christ before time and the creation of the world. Alternate translation: “before time began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 1 10 h5e5 figs-metaphor φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed through the appearing of our Savior, Christ Jesus Paul speaks of God’s gracious plan to save us as if it were an object that could be uncovered and shown to people through the arrival of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “and which now people can know” or “and which now people can experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 10 h5e5 figs-metaphor φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed Paul speaks of God’s gracious plan to save us as if it were an object that could be uncovered and shown to people through the arrival of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “and which now people can know” or “and which now people can experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 10 p013 figs-activepassive φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “which now God has revealed” or “which now God has allowed people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 1 10 i3wl figs-metaphor φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 brought to light life and immortality through the gospel Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 10 a1n7 figs-hendiadys ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 1 10 i3wl figs-metaphor φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 10 a1n7 figs-hendiadys ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 life and immortality Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 1 11 tb9b figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 I was appointed a herald If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 1 11 p014 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2TI 1 11 p015 figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 12 j37g δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
2TI 1 12 y8l4 figs-explicit καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer also these things Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 12 td39 πέπεισμαι 1 I am persuaded Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
2TI 1 12 td39 πέπεισμαι 1 I am certain Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
2TI 1 12 p6pi figs-metaphor τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι 1 to guard my deposit Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. So this could mean one of two things. (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. There are two possibilities. (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” or (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. There are two possibilities. (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” or (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2TI 1 12 qcu3 figs-explicit ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 of the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 of the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “of the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 13 p017 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean one of two things (or both). (1) The love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) The love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 14 i5g5 figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην 1 the good deposit Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 14 cb5q figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 14 cb5q figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 Guard the good deposit Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 14 a3v2 διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 through the Holy Spirit Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Paul could have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul could have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -76,32 +76,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος 1 Phygelus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 15 p021 translate-names Ἑρμογένης 1 Hermogenes This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 16 izk9 translate-blessing δῴη ἔλεος ὁ Κύριος τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ 1 Paul is asking God to bless the family of Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be kind to the family of Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord bless the family of Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TI 1 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 16 izk9 translate-blessing δῴη ἔλεος ὁ Κύριος τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ 1 May the Lord grant mercy to the household of Onesiphorus Paul is asking God to bless the family of Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be kind to the family of Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord bless the family of Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TI 1 16 zz44 figs-metonymy τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ 1 to the household of Onesiphorus The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and to all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “to Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη 1 not ashamed of my chain The word **chain** refers to being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: “was not ashamed of my imprisonment” or “was not ashamed of my being in prison” or “was not ashamed of me, even though I was in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 17 xfg1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** indicates a contrast between the previous verse and this verse. Instead of being ashamed that Paul was in prison, Onesiphorus searched for Paul and found him there. Use whatever form is most natural in your language to show this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2TI 1 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη 1 was not ashamed of my chain The word **chain** refers to being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: “was not ashamed of my imprisonment” or “was not ashamed of my being in prison” or “was not ashamed of me, even though I was in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 17 xfg1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 but Here, **but** indicates a contrast between the previous verse and this verse. Instead of being ashamed that Paul was in prison, Onesiphorus searched for Paul and found him there. Use whatever form is most natural in your language to show this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2TI 1 17 p022 translate-names Ῥώμῃ 1 Rome This is the name of a city, the capital of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 18 p3di translate-blessing δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord Paul is again asking for the Lord to **grant mercy** to Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be merciful to Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord have mercy on Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TI 1 18 x0eo grammar-connect-logic-result (δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ), καὶ ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the action that the first sentence describes. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2TI 1 18 r54t writing-pronouns δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 If it is clearer in your language, you can use the name “Onesiphorus” instead of the pronoun **him** to make it clear who is receiving mercy. Alternative translation: “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2TI 1 18 x0eo grammar-connect-logic-result (δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ), καὶ ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord in that day. And how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the action that the first sentence describes. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2TI 1 18 r54t writing-pronouns δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord If it is clearer in your language, you can use the name “Onesiphorus” instead of the pronoun **him** to make it clear who is receiving mercy. Alternative translation: “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2TI 1 18 x2dk figs-metaphor εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 to find mercy from the Lord Paul speaks of **mercy** as if it were an object that could be found. Paul is expressing his desire that God show **mercy** to Onesiphorus on the day of judgment. Alternate translation: “to receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 18 f3ep figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day The expression **that day** refers to the day when God will judge all people; at that time they will receive mercy from the Lord, as Paul mentions, or wrath. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 18 p024 translate-names Ἐφέσῳ 1 Ephesus This is the name of a city, the place where Timothy, the recipient of the letter, is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 18 p025 figs-explicit ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 he served me, you know very well Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 18 p025 figs-explicit ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b-13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here, **child** is a term of great love and approval. Timothy is not Paul’s biological child. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who are like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 1 p026 figs-activepassive ἐνδυναμοῦ 1 be strengthened You could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul wants Timothy to experience the strength that God provides through his **grace** or kindness. Believers experience God’s grace through knowing Jesus Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “as you allow Christ Jesus to kindly empower you through your relationship to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 in the presence of many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 2 p027 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 suffer together The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 2 p027 figs-gendernotations πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 to faithful men Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer together The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 3 juu2 figs-metaphor ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Jesus Christ Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 4 p7n5 figs-metaphor ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 4 p028 figs-activepassive ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 4 p029 figs-explicit τοῦ βίου 1 the affairs of life By **life**, Paul means, in the context of this metaphor, “civilian life.” The implication is that Timothy and all believers should not allow competing concerns to keep them from serving Christ. Alternate translation: “of everyday life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 4 p029 figs-explicit τοῦ βίου 1 of life By **life**, Paul means, in the context of this metaphor, “civilian life.” The implication is that Timothy and all believers should not allow competing concerns to keep them from serving Christ. Alternate translation: “of everyday life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 4 d2lg τῷ στρατολογήσαντι 1 the one who enlisted him Alternate translation: “his leader” or “the one who commands him”
2TI 2 5 d483 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of an athlete who has to decide between competing lawfully or not lawfully. The athlete will only receive the crown given to the winner if he competes lawfully. By making this comparison with an athlete competing in games, Paul is implicitly telling Timothy that Christ will not reward him unless he serves him **lawfully**, that is, unless he obeys him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “consider that the officials only crown an athlete as the winner if he competes according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 5 p031 figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully Paul is also using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 7 p036 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω 1 what I am saying Paul refers to what he has just written in his letter with the verb **saying** to express the idea of communicating. Alternate translation: “what I have just told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 7 a22q figs-explicit ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything Here, **in everything** refers to everything related to the three metaphors that Paul has written just before this. Alternate translation: “about everything that I have just said” or “about all that I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 8 mh1k figs-metaphor ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ 1 from the seed of David The phrase **from the seed of** refers figuratively to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 8 p037 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 David This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 2 8 wt31 figs-idiom ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead The expression **raise from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 2 8 p037 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 of David This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 2 8 wt31 figs-idiom ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead The expression **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 2 8 p038 figs-activepassive ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “whom God raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 8 s4vh figs-possession κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 according to my gospel The term **my** conveys the idea that it is the gospel associated with Paul because he preaches it. Alternate translation: “according to the gospel message that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2TI 2 9 t2ax figs-metonymy μέχρι δεσμῶν 1 unto chains Paul uses the expression **unto chains** figuratively to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 9 p041 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 10 p042 figs-hyperbole πάντα ὑπομένω 1 I endure all things Here the term **all** is a generalization that likely refers to the sufferings that Paul describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I endure all of these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 2 10 aa1x figs-nominaladj διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for the chosen The term **chosen** is an adjective that functions as a noun here and refers to a group of people. If your language would not use an adjective in that way, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2TI 2 10 j2bk αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus The phrase **obtain the salvation** could also be expressed with Christ Jesus, who grants salvation, as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may grant them salvation”
2TI 2 10 p043 figs-abstractnouns αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 10 j2bk καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus The phrase **obtain the salvation** could also be expressed with Christ Jesus, who grants salvation, as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may grant them salvation”
2TI 2 10 p043 figs-abstractnouns καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 10 el68 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου 1 with eternal glory The abstract noun **glory** refers to the wonderful condition that people will experience when they are in the presence of God. It comes from God himself and he shares it with those who are saved by Jesus Christ, and this condition is **eternal**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “and know how glorious it is to be with God forever” or “and experience God’s wonderful presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 11 nr7u πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to the statement of doctrine that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Timothy 1:15](../../1ti/01/15.md) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
2TI 2 11 p044 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you can trust this statement”
2TI 2 11 nr7u πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to the statement of doctrine that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Timothy 1:15](../../1ti/01/15.md) Alternate translation: “This statement is dependable”
2TI 2 11 p044 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You can trust this statement”
2TI 2 11 p045 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2TI 2 11 g6e4 writing-poetry εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 For if we died with him, we will also live with him This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean one of two things. (1) Paul could be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul could be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -142,19 +142,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 13 ke4w εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν 1 if we are unfaithful Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
2TI 2 13 p050 figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει 1 he remains faithful This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he remains faithful to us” (2) “he remains true to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 13 ihd4 ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται 1 he is not able to deny himself Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15-19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
2TI 2 14 u661 ὑπομίμνῃσκε 1 remind them The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “remind the people there”
2TI 2 14 u661 ὑπομίμνῃσκε 1 Remind them The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
2TI 2 14 p051 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 14 r5lq figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean one of two things. (1) The believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) The believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 14 rke6 ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον 1 it is useful for nothing Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
2TI 2 14 ywty figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 14 x7gx figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 15 m3vy σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ 1 to present yourself approved to God, a worker not ashamed Alternate translation: “do your best to please God”
2TI 2 14 ywty figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 14 x7gx figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 15 m3vy σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ 1 Strive to present yourself approved to God Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
2TI 2 15 rj6y figs-metaphor ἐργάτην 1 a worker Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 15 xgz9 figs-metaphor ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 cutting the word of truth straight Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It could refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 15 p053 figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 16 e27q figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας 1 for they will advance into greater ungodliness Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “because they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 16 e27q figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας 1 they will advance into greater ungodliness Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 17 i73t figs-simile ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει 1 their word will have a spreading like gangrene This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions, or (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2TI 2 17 p054 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν 1 their word Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 17 p055 translate-unknown ὡς γάγγραινα 1 like gangrene **Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here, Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could relate in one of two ways. (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” or (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could relate in one of two ways. (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” or (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 23 p069 figs-doublet μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις 1 foolish and ignorant questions Paul may be using the words **foolish** and **ignorant** together to emphasize a single idea. Alternate translation: “very stupid questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2TI 2 23 kh6p figs-metaphor γεννῶσι μάχας 1 they give birth to battles Paul speaks of the **questions** figuratively as if they were women giving birth to children (the **battles**). Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 23 p070 figs-metaphor μάχας 1 battles Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 24 p071 figs-metaphor δοῦλον…Κυρίου 1 the servant of the Lord Paul is using the expression **slave of the Lord** figuratively to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 24 p071 figs-metaphor δοῦλον…Κυρίου 1 the slave of the Lord Paul is using the expression **slave of the Lord** figuratively to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 24 p072 figs-metaphor οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι 1 must not battle Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “must not argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 25 un9l figs-abstractnouns ἐν πραΰτητι 1 in meekness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **meekness** in this expression with an adverb. Alternate translation: “meekly” or “gently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 25 u6rp παιδεύοντα 1 educating Paul presents this as the godly response to quarrels. This term can mean “teach” or “correct.” Alternate translation: “teaching” or “correcting”
@ -235,26 +235,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 8 p087 figs-activepassive ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν 1 men whose mind is corrupted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 3 8 pfh1 ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 unapproved regarding the faith Paul uses the adjective **unapproved** to convey the idea that these men have been tested regarding how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test because their faith is not real. Alternate translation: “without sincere faith” or “whose faith is not genuine”
2TI 3 8 sppy figs-explicit ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can start a new sentence here and say who does not approve of these men. Alternate translation: “God does approve of these men because they do not have a genuine faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 3 9 x9kx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ 1 This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you can remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 3 9 x9kx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ 1 But This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you can remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 3 9 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance unto more Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not continue to have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to continue teaching falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 9 mv4j figs-hyperbole ἡ…ἄνοια αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν 1 their foolishness will be obvious to all The word **all** is a generalization. Paul has just said that these men will have a little success in deceiving some people. But ultimately their foolishness will become widely apparent, as happened to Jannes and Jambres, who were publicly discredited when they were not able to equal the powerful miracles of Moses. Alternate translation: “their foolishness will become widely apparent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 3 9 z4fu figs-nominaladj ἐκείνων 1 of those The term **those** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to Jannes and Jambres. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can supply the names of the two men. Alternate translation: “of Jannes and Jambres” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2TI 3 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ…παρηκολούθησάς 1 you have followed Paul speaks of giving close attention to the things he lists in this verse as if one were physically following them as they moved. The idea is that Timothy is giving close attention to these things and imitating them. Alternate translation: “you have observed” or “you have paid close attention to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 10 wma6 figs-abstractnouns μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 my teaching If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **teaching** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “what I have taught others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 lq3v figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ ἀγωγῇ 1 my conduct If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conduct** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I live my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p088 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ προθέσει 1 my purpose If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **purpose** with a verbal clause. Alternative translation: “what I try to do with my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p089 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ πίστει 1 my faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “what I believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p091 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ 1 my patience If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **patience** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I am patient with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p090 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 my love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 l4pp figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 my longsuffering If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I endure when I suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 lq3v figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγωγῇ 1 conduct If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conduct** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I live my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p088 figs-abstractnouns τῇ προθέσει 1 purpose If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **purpose** with a verbal clause. Alternative translation: “what I try to do with my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p089 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “what I believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p091 figs-abstractnouns τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ 1 patience If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **patience** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I am patient with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 p090 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 10 l4pp figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 longsuffering If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I endure when I suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 11 p092 translate-names ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις 1 in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra These are the names of three cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 3 11 p093 οἵους διωγμοὺς ὑπήνεγκα 1 what kind of persecutions I endured Paul is reminding Timothy that he knows of the various ways in which Paul suffered and how he endured until God rescued him. Alternate translation: “how I endured various persecutions”
2TI 3 11 r9vk figs-metaphor ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord rescued me from them all Paul speaks figuratively as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 12 ke7f ζῆν εὐσεβῶς 1 to live piously The term **piously** means in an obedient way that honors God. Alternate translation: “to live in a godly way”
2TI 3 12 xm9l figs-activepassive διωχθήσονται 1 will be persecuted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “people will persecute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 3 13 p094 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωποι 1 men Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that can include both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 3 13 xo4q figs-hendiadys πονηροὶ…ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες 1 This is probably a hendiadys, and the **evil men and impostors** are not two groups of people, but one group of people. Alternate translation: “evil people who only pretend to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 3 13 s7f2 γόητες 1 impostors The term **impostor** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers”
2TI 3 13 xo4q figs-hendiadys πονηροὶ…ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες 1 evil men and impostors This is probably a hendiadys, and the **evil men and impostors** are not two groups of people, but one group of people. Alternate translation: “evil people who only pretend to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 3 13 s7f2 γόητες 1 impostors The term **impostors** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers”
2TI 3 13 imc8 figs-metaphor προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 will advance unto the worse Paul speaks figuratively of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 13 p095 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 unto the worse This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worse and worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 3 13 eyx5 figs-metaphor πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι 1 leading astray and being led astray The expression **leading astray** uses the image of physically taking a person to a place that he didn’t think he was going to. This is a figurative reference to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -264,11 +264,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 15 w9l5 figs-personification τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι 1 which are able to make you wise Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2TI 3 15 p098 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 16 s274 figs-metaphor πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ 1 All Scripture is God-breathed The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 16 hvr1 πᾶσα Γραφὴ 1 By **all Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are”
2TI 3 16 hvr1 πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος 1 All Scripture is God-breathed By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
2TI 3 16 uv35 ὠφέλιμος 1 is profitable Paul refers to the Scripture as **profitable** to convey the idea that Timothy and all believers will benefit when they use the Scripture to teach, reprove, correct, and train. Alternate translation: “you will benefit from it as you use it” or “it benefits everyone when we use it”
2TI 3 16 vl2n figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐλεγμόν 1 for reproof Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for knowing what is right and wrong and showing people that they are wrong. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reproof** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people that they are wrong” or “for helping us to know when we are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 16 e5h9 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for showing people how to make something right. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **correction** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people how to make things right” or “for showing us how to fix errors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 16 y1hf figs-abstractnouns πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for the training that is in righteousness Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for training people how to live lives that are right with God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for training people how to do what is right” or “for training us to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 16 y1hf figs-abstractnouns πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 and for the training that is in righteousness Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for training people how to live lives that are right with God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and for training people how to do what is right” or “and for training us to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God Paul is using the word **man** here in a generic sense that includes all believers in God, whether male or female. Of course, Paul also intends for Timothy to apply this to himself. Alternate translation: “the person who serves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος 1 proficient Alternative translation: “fully capable”
2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -278,14 +278,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 1 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2TI 4 1 lwt2 figs-metonymy καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 and by his appearing and his kingdom Paul refers figuratively to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers figuratively to Christ’s rule as king by association to the kingdom that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 1 anqh καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 This can be understood in two different ways, depending on if Paul is placing Timothy under an oath or giving Timothy a command. (1) If Paul is placing Timothy under an oath, then he is saying that these are the things that Timothy would be denying if he fails to fulfill the oath. Alternate translation: “with an oath as strong as your desire for Christ’s return and for his rule as king” (2) If Paul is introducing a command in this verse, then Paul is appealing to these things to strengthen his command. Alternate translation: “and as surely as Christ will return and rule as king”
2TI 4 1 anqh καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 and by his appearing and his kingdom This can be understood in two different ways, depending on if Paul is placing Timothy under an oath or giving Timothy a command. (1) If Paul is placing Timothy under an oath, then he is saying that these are the things that Timothy would be denying if he fails to fulfill the oath. Alternate translation: “with an oath as strong as your desire for Christ’s return and for his rule as king” (2) If Paul is introducing a command in this verse, then Paul is appealing to these things to strengthen his command. Alternate translation: “and as surely as Christ will return and rule as king”
2TI 4 2 j2z7 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Paul is using the term **word** to refer figuratively to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 2 zzh4 figs-merism εὐκαίρως, ἀκαίρως 1 opportunely, inopportunely Paul means that Timothy should be ready to preach about Jesus when it seems like a good time to do so and also when it does not seem like a good time. He is using the two types of occasions together figuratively to indicate all occasions. Alternate translation: “when it is convenient and when it is not convenient” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2TI 4 2 g7ax figs-explicit ἔλεγξον 1 reprove The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience Here, **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** could be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** could be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
2TI 4 3 ilx7 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -293,12 +293,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 3 e5t2 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους 1 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of how people will obtain many teachers as if they were putting them into a heap or pile. They will want many teachers, but not value these teachers for how they live godly lives or how accurately they teach. Alternate translation: “they will gather many teachers for themselves who will teach what they want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 3 s375 figs-idiom κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν 1 their ear itching Paul speaks of people badly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be relieved if they found many teachers who would tell them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 4 3 p104 figs-metonymy κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν 1 their ear itching Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean hearing. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ…τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will…turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ…τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will…turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -312,15 +312,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 8 n3k8 figs-explicit ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 8 uh88 τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 those who have loved his appearing Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
2TI 4 8 p109 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 his appearing See how you translated this in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring figuratively to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 9 t8b7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως 1 come…quickly Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
2TI 4 10 e4xx translate-names Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος 1 Demas…Crescens…Titus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 9 t8b7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως 1 come … quickly Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
2TI 4 10 e4xx translate-names Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος 1 Demas … Crescens … Titus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 10 ji2l figs-metonymy τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα 1 the present age The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things figuratively by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 10 u2qb figs-ellipsis Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν 1 Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, Crescens and Titus have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2TI 4 10 gs61 translate-names Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν 1 Galatia…Dalmatia This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 11 p110 translate-names Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον 1 Luke… Mark These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 10 gs61 translate-names Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν 1 Galatia … Dalmatia This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 11 p110 translate-names Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον 1 Luke … Mark These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 11 w21u μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν 1 he is useful to me for service This could mean one of two things. (1) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul to take care of his personal needs. Alternate translation: “he can help take care of my needs” (2) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul minister to others, especially by preaching and teaching. Alternate translation: “he is helpful to me in my ministry”
2TI 4 12 p111 translate-names Τυχικὸν 1 Tychicus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 12 y60r ἀπέστειλα 1 Timothy is at Ephesus when he receives this letter. It may be that Tychicus is the one who carried this letter to Timothy at Ephesus. If so, then Paul is writing from Timothy’s perspective, who would view Paul’s sending of Tychicus as a past event. If this is confusing in your language and you want to include this possibility, you may need to change the tense of the verb to future. Alternate translation: “soon I will be sending”
2TI 4 12 y60r ἀπέστειλα 1 I sent Timothy is at Ephesus when he receives this letter. It may be that Tychicus is the one who carried this letter to Timothy at Ephesus. If so, then Paul is writing from Timothy’s perspective, who would view Paul’s sending of Tychicus as a past event. If this is confusing in your language and you want to include this possibility, you may need to change the tense of the verb to future. Alternate translation: “soon I will be sending”
2TI 4 12 p112 translate-names Ἔφεσον 1 Ephesus This is the name of a city. This is the city where Timothy is as he receives this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 13 d5rw translate-unknown φελόνην 1 cloak The term **cloak** refers to a heavy garment worn over clothes. Alternate translation: “coat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2TI 4 13 x1jb translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -330,10 +330,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 14 un4v translate-unknown Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς 1 Alexander the coppersmith The term **coppersmith** refers to a person who worked with things made of copper and other metals. Alternate translation: “Alexander, who works with metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2TI 4 14 kv94 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 14 wbx4 figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 The Lord will repay him according to his deeds Paul speaks figuratively of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 opposed our words The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “at the opening session of my trial” or “when I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
2TI 4 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 he … opposed our words The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “At the opening session of my trial” or “When I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “may God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 17 t1fw figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη 1 the Lord stood with me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean one of two things. (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here the word **all** could be (1) a figurative generalization, Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” or (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court, Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -343,18 +343,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 19 p116 translate-names Πρίσκαν 1 Priscilla This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 19 p117 translate-names Ἀκύλαν 1 Aquila This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 19 n4zc figs-metonymy τὸν Ὀνησιφόρου οἶκον 1 the household of Onesiphorus See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 19 mef8 translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 19 mef8 translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 20 p118 translate-names Κορίνθῳ 1 Corinth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 20 lie9 translate-names Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον 1 Erastus…Trophimus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 20 wtfw translate-names Κορίνθῳ 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 20 lie9 translate-names Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον 1 Erastus … Trophimus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 20 wtfw translate-names Κορίνθῳ 1 Corinth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 20 wp9h translate-names Μιλήτῳ 1 Miletus This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 21 cvc7 σπούδασον…ἐλθεῖν 1 Hasten to come Alternate translation: “do your best to come” or “try as hard as you can to come”
2TI 4 21 cvc7 σπούδασον…ἐλθεῖν 1 Hasten to come Alternate translation: “Do your best to come” or “Try as hard as you can to come”
2TI 4 21 eh95 figs-explicit πρὸ χειμῶνος 1 before winter The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If winter is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you can use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 21 z1j9 figs-ellipsis ἀσπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Λίνος, καὶ Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Eubulus greets you, and Pudens, and Linus, and Claudia, and the brothers Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. To make sure that the meaning is clear, you can supply these words. The people listed after Eubulus are also greeting Timothy. Eubulus is not greeting them. Alternate translation: “Eubulus greets you, and so do Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2TI 4 21 p7px translate-names Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος 1 Eubulus…Pudens…Linus These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 21 p7px translate-names Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος 1 Eubulus … Pudens … Linus These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 21 er77 translate-names Κλαυδία 1 Claudia This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 4 21 mk26 figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word **brothers** means all believers, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 4 22 tx26 figs-you ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TI 4 22 p119 figs-synecdoche ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2TI 4 22 k85y figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “may grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TI 4 22 p120 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
2TI 4 22 k85y figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TI 4 22 p120 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
5 2TI 1 1 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul This letter follows the normal custom of the time by beginning with the name and identity of the author, then mentioning the recipient (in verse 2). Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am writing this letter”
6 2TI 1 1 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle. Alternate translation: “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so”
7 2TI 1 1 e1lg κατ’ 1 according to This could mean one of two things. (1) God appointed Paul to tell others about the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing” (2) Paul became an apostle because he himself received the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a result of receiving”
8 2TI 1 1 m9kv figs-metaphor ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 life that is in Christ Jesus of life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9 2TI 1 2 p002 translate-names Τιμοθέῳ 1 Timothy to Timothy This is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10 2TI 1 2 rp5u Τιμοθέῳ 1 Timothy to Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
11 2TI 1 2 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 my beloved child Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12 2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
13 2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14 2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father and God the Father This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
15 2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
16 2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17 2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18 2TI 1 3 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19 2TI 1 3 rz7s figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν 1 as I have constant remembrance of you in my prayers night and day as I have constant remembrance of you Paul speaks of the action of remembering by using the abstract noun **remembrance**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternative translation: “as I think about you constantly in my prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20 2TI 1 3 p005 figs-yousingular σοῦ 1 you The word **you** is singular here and throughout the book, since Paul is addressing Timothy. A note will discuss the one exception in 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
21 2TI 1 3 pa6q figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day Here, **night and day** are used together to refer to all the time included in the night and the day. This means that Paul prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that he prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” Alternate translation: “always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
22 2TI 1 4 p006 figs-explicit μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων 1 remembering your tears It is implied that Paul is referring here to the time when Paul was leaving Timothy. If this is unclear, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “remembering how you cried when I left you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23 2TI 1 4 kk82 figs-metonymy σου τῶν δακρύων 1 your tears Here, **your tears** refers to the act of Timothy’s crying or being very sad. Alternate translation: “that you cried” or “your sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24 2TI 1 4 gu8c figs-metaphor χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could **fill**. Alternate translation: “I may be very joyful” or “I may rejoice a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25 2TI 1 4 p007 figs-activepassive χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “joy may fill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26 2TI 1 5 ayl4 figs-idiom ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν 1 having received remembrance This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27 2TI 1 5 buc3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
28 2TI 1 5 p008 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 the genuine faith in you of the genuine faith in you Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29 2TI 1 5 vgz2 figs-personification ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 faith, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “…faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
30 2TI 1 5 l8wc translate-names Λωΐδι 1 Lois This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31 2TI 1 5 p009 translate-names Εὐνίκῃ 1 Eunice This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
32 2TI 1 6 j58k δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul writes that the **reason** for asking Timothy to rekindle his gift is that he is confident of Timothy’s faith in Jesus. Alternative translation: “for this reason” or “because of your faith in Jesus”
33 2TI 1 6 h6eq figs-metaphor ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα 1 rekindle the gift to rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy’s need to start using his **gift** again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: “be eager once more to use the gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34 2TI 1 6 i977 translate-symaction τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul placed his **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God’s Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do. Then Timothy received the gift from the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in 1 Tim 4:14. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I prayed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
35 2TI 1 6 p010 figs-metaphor τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36 2TI 1 6 s6vb figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37 2TI 1 7 u8vl grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **for** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that … ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
38 2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline This could mean one of two things. (1) **spirit** could refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) **spirit** could refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
39 2TI 1 7 p011 figs-abstractnouns δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of power, and of love, and of discipline Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
40 2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 discipline of discipline The word **discipline** could mean one of two things. (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
41 2TI 1 8 fk9z figs-metonymy τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternative translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
42 2TI 1 8 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternative translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
43 2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
44 2TI 1 8 xa86 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
45 2TI 1 8 hi9a τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 the gospel, according to the power of God for the gospel, according to the power of God Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
46 2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Paul uses the expression **with a holy calling** to mean one of two possibilities. (1) This describes what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” or (2) This describes the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47 2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
48 2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here, the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
49 2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
50 2TI 1 9 pq1z figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51 2TI 1 9 zq7m figs-idiom πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before eternal times This is an idiom that indicates that God decided to save through faith in Christ before time and the creation of the world. Alternate translation: “before time began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
52 2TI 1 10 h5e5 figs-metaphor φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed through the appearing of our Savior, Christ Jesus and which now has been revealed Paul speaks of God’s gracious plan to save us as if it were an object that could be uncovered and shown to people through the arrival of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “and which now people can know” or “and which now people can experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
53 2TI 1 10 p013 figs-activepassive φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “which now God has revealed” or “which now God has allowed people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
54 2TI 1 10 i3wl figs-metaphor φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 brought to light life and immortality through the gospel and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55 2TI 1 10 a1n7 figs-hendiadys ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 life and immortality Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
56 2TI 1 11 tb9b figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 I was appointed a herald If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
57 2TI 1 11 p014 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
58 2TI 1 11 p015 figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
59 2TI 1 12 j37g δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
60 2TI 1 12 y8l4 figs-explicit καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer also these things Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
61 2TI 1 12 td39 πέπεισμαι 1 I am persuaded I am certain Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
62 2TI 1 12 p6pi figs-metaphor τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι 1 to guard my deposit Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. So this could mean one of two things. (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63 2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. There are two possibilities. (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” or (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
64 2TI 1 12 qcu3 figs-explicit ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
65 2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 the healthy words of the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 the healthy words of the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “of the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
67 2TI 1 13 p017 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
68 2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean one of two things (or both). (1) The love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) The love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
69 2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
70 2TI 1 14 i5g5 figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην 1 the good deposit Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
71 2TI 1 14 cb5q figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard Guard the good deposit Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
72 2TI 1 14 a3v2 διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 through the Holy Spirit Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
73 2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Paul could have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul could have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
74 2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
76 2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77 2TI 1 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος 1 Phygelus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
78 2TI 1 15 p021 translate-names Ἑρμογένης 1 Hermogenes This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
79 2TI 1 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
80 2TI 1 16 izk9 translate-blessing δῴη ἔλεος ὁ Κύριος τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ 1 May the Lord grant mercy to the household of Onesiphorus Paul is asking God to bless the family of Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be kind to the family of Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord bless the family of Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
81 2TI 1 16 zz44 figs-metonymy τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ 1 to the household of Onesiphorus The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and to all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “to Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
82 2TI 1 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη 1 not ashamed of my chain was not ashamed of my chain The word **chain** refers to being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: “was not ashamed of my imprisonment” or “was not ashamed of my being in prison” or “was not ashamed of me, even though I was in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
83 2TI 1 17 xfg1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 but Here, **but** indicates a contrast between the previous verse and this verse. Instead of being ashamed that Paul was in prison, Onesiphorus searched for Paul and found him there. Use whatever form is most natural in your language to show this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
84 2TI 1 17 p022 translate-names Ῥώμῃ 1 Rome This is the name of a city, the capital of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
85 2TI 1 18 p3di translate-blessing δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord Paul is again asking for the Lord to **grant mercy** to Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be merciful to Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord have mercy on Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
86 2TI 1 18 x0eo grammar-connect-logic-result (δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ), καὶ ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord in that day. And how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the action that the first sentence describes. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
87 2TI 1 18 r54t writing-pronouns δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord If it is clearer in your language, you can use the name “Onesiphorus” instead of the pronoun **him** to make it clear who is receiving mercy. Alternative translation: “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
88 2TI 1 18 x2dk figs-metaphor εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 to find mercy from the Lord Paul speaks of **mercy** as if it were an object that could be found. Paul is expressing his desire that God show **mercy** to Onesiphorus on the day of judgment. Alternate translation: “to receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89 2TI 1 18 f3ep figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day The expression **that day** refers to the day when God will judge all people; at that time they will receive mercy from the Lord, as Paul mentions, or wrath. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
90 2TI 1 18 p024 translate-names Ἐφέσῳ 1 Ephesus This is the name of a city, the place where Timothy, the recipient of the letter, is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
91 2TI 1 18 p025 figs-explicit ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις 1 he served me, you know very well how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92 2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b-13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
93 2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here, **child** is a term of great love and approval. Timothy is not Paul’s biological child. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who are like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94 2TI 2 1 p026 figs-activepassive ἐνδυναμοῦ 1 be strengthened You could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95 2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul wants Timothy to experience the strength that God provides through his **grace** or kindness. Believers experience God’s grace through knowing Jesus Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “as you allow Christ Jesus to kindly empower you through your relationship to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
96 2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 in the presence of many witnesses along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
97 2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
98 2TI 2 2 p027 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 men to faithful men Here, the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
99 2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 suffer together Suffer together The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100 2TI 2 3 juu2 figs-metaphor ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Jesus Christ Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
101 2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
102 2TI 2 4 p7n5 figs-metaphor ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103 2TI 2 4 p028 figs-activepassive ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
104 2TI 2 4 p029 figs-explicit τοῦ βίου 1 the affairs of life of life By **life**, Paul means, in the context of this metaphor, “civilian life.” The implication is that Timothy and all believers should not allow competing concerns to keep them from serving Christ. Alternate translation: “of everyday life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
105 2TI 2 4 d2lg τῷ στρατολογήσαντι 1 the one who enlisted him Alternate translation: “his leader” or “the one who commands him”
106 2TI 2 5 d483 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of an athlete who has to decide between competing lawfully or not lawfully. The athlete will only receive the crown given to the winner if he competes lawfully. By making this comparison with an athlete competing in games, Paul is implicitly telling Timothy that Christ will not reward him unless he serves him **lawfully**, that is, unless he obeys him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “consider that the officials only crown an athlete as the winner if he competes according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
107 2TI 2 5 p031 figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully Paul is also using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
117 2TI 2 7 p036 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω 1 what I am saying Paul refers to what he has just written in his letter with the verb **saying** to express the idea of communicating. Alternate translation: “what I have just told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
118 2TI 2 7 a22q figs-explicit ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything Here, **in everything** refers to everything related to the three metaphors that Paul has written just before this. Alternate translation: “about everything that I have just said” or “about all that I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
119 2TI 2 8 mh1k figs-metaphor ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ 1 from the seed of David The phrase **from the seed of** refers figuratively to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
120 2TI 2 8 p037 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 David of David This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
121 2TI 2 8 wt31 figs-idiom ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead The expression **raise from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The expression **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
122 2TI 2 8 p038 figs-activepassive ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “whom God raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
123 2TI 2 8 s4vh figs-possession κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 according to my gospel The term **my** conveys the idea that it is the gospel associated with Paul because he preaches it. Alternate translation: “according to the gospel message that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
124 2TI 2 9 t2ax figs-metonymy μέχρι δεσμῶν 1 unto chains Paul uses the expression **unto chains** figuratively to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
128 2TI 2 9 p041 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
129 2TI 2 10 p042 figs-hyperbole πάντα ὑπομένω 1 I endure all things Here the term **all** is a generalization that likely refers to the sufferings that Paul describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I endure all of these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
130 2TI 2 10 aa1x figs-nominaladj διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for the chosen The term **chosen** is an adjective that functions as a noun here and refers to a group of people. If your language would not use an adjective in that way, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
131 2TI 2 10 j2bk αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus The phrase **obtain the salvation** could also be expressed with Christ Jesus, who grants salvation, as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may grant them salvation”
132 2TI 2 10 p043 figs-abstractnouns αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
133 2TI 2 10 el68 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου 1 with eternal glory The abstract noun **glory** refers to the wonderful condition that people will experience when they are in the presence of God. It comes from God himself and he shares it with those who are saved by Jesus Christ, and this condition is **eternal**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “and know how glorious it is to be with God forever” or “and experience God’s wonderful presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
134 2TI 2 11 nr7u πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to the statement of doctrine that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Timothy 1:15](../../1ti/01/15.md) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable” In this context, the term **word** refers to the statement of doctrine that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Timothy 1:15](../../1ti/01/15.md) Alternate translation: “This statement is dependable”
135 2TI 2 11 p044 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you can trust this statement” You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You can trust this statement”
136 2TI 2 11 p045 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
137 2TI 2 11 g6e4 writing-poetry εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 For if we died with him, we will also live with him This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
138 2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean one of two things. (1) Paul could be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul could be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142 2TI 2 13 ke4w εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν 1 if we are unfaithful Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
143 2TI 2 13 p050 figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει 1 he remains faithful This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he remains faithful to us” (2) “he remains true to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 2TI 2 13 ihd4 ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται 1 he is not able to deny himself Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15-19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
145 2TI 2 14 u661 ὑπομίμνῃσκε 1 remind them Remind them The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “remind the people there” The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
146 2TI 2 14 p051 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 2TI 2 14 r5lq figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
148 2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean one of two things. (1) The believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) The believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
149 2TI 2 14 rke6 ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον 1 it is useful for nothing Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
150 2TI 2 14 ywty figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
151 2TI 2 14 x7gx figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
152 2TI 2 15 m3vy σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ 1 to present yourself approved to God, a worker not ashamed Strive to present yourself approved to God Alternate translation: “do your best to please God” Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
153 2TI 2 15 rj6y figs-metaphor ἐργάτην 1 a worker Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
154 2TI 2 15 xgz9 figs-metaphor ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 cutting the word of truth straight Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It could refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
156 2TI 2 15 p053 figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
157 2TI 2 16 e27q figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας 1 for they will advance into greater ungodliness they will advance into greater ungodliness Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “because they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158 2TI 2 17 i73t figs-simile ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει 1 their word will have a spreading like gangrene This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions, or (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
159 2TI 2 17 p054 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν 1 their word Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
160 2TI 2 17 p055 translate-unknown ὡς γάγγραινα 1 like gangrene **Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
173 2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
174 2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
175 2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
176 2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here, Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179 2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could relate in one of two ways. (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” or (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
180 2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
181 2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 2TI 2 23 p069 figs-doublet μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις 1 foolish and ignorant questions Paul may be using the words **foolish** and **ignorant** together to emphasize a single idea. Alternate translation: “very stupid questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
194 2TI 2 23 kh6p figs-metaphor γεννῶσι μάχας 1 they give birth to battles Paul speaks of the **questions** figuratively as if they were women giving birth to children (the **battles**). Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195 2TI 2 23 p070 figs-metaphor μάχας 1 battles Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196 2TI 2 24 p071 figs-metaphor δοῦλον…Κυρίου 1 the servant of the Lord the slave of the Lord Paul is using the expression **slave of the Lord** figuratively to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
197 2TI 2 24 p072 figs-metaphor οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι 1 must not battle Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “must not argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
198 2TI 2 25 un9l figs-abstractnouns ἐν πραΰτητι 1 in meekness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **meekness** in this expression with an adverb. Alternate translation: “meekly” or “gently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199 2TI 2 25 u6rp παιδεύοντα 1 educating Paul presents this as the godly response to quarrels. This term can mean “teach” or “correct.” Alternate translation: “teaching” or “correcting”
235 2TI 3 8 p087 figs-activepassive ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν 1 men whose mind is corrupted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
236 2TI 3 8 pfh1 ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 unapproved regarding the faith Paul uses the adjective **unapproved** to convey the idea that these men have been tested regarding how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test because their faith is not real. Alternate translation: “without sincere faith” or “whose faith is not genuine”
237 2TI 3 8 sppy figs-explicit ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can start a new sentence here and say who does not approve of these men. Alternate translation: “God does approve of these men because they do not have a genuine faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
238 2TI 3 9 x9kx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ 1 But This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you can remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
239 2TI 3 9 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance unto more Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not continue to have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to continue teaching falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
240 2TI 3 9 mv4j figs-hyperbole ἡ…ἄνοια αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν 1 their foolishness will be obvious to all The word **all** is a generalization. Paul has just said that these men will have a little success in deceiving some people. But ultimately their foolishness will become widely apparent, as happened to Jannes and Jambres, who were publicly discredited when they were not able to equal the powerful miracles of Moses. Alternate translation: “their foolishness will become widely apparent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
241 2TI 3 9 z4fu figs-nominaladj ἐκείνων 1 of those The term **those** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to Jannes and Jambres. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can supply the names of the two men. Alternate translation: “of Jannes and Jambres” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
242 2TI 3 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ…παρηκολούθησάς 1 you have followed Paul speaks of giving close attention to the things he lists in this verse as if one were physically following them as they moved. The idea is that Timothy is giving close attention to these things and imitating them. Alternate translation: “you have observed” or “you have paid close attention to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 2TI 3 10 wma6 figs-abstractnouns μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 my teaching If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **teaching** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “what I have taught others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
244 2TI 3 10 lq3v figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ ἀγωγῇ τῇ ἀγωγῇ 1 my conduct conduct If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conduct** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I live my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
245 2TI 3 10 p088 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ προθέσει τῇ προθέσει 1 my purpose purpose If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **purpose** with a verbal clause. Alternative translation: “what I try to do with my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
246 2TI 3 10 p089 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ πίστει τῇ πίστει 1 my faith faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “what I believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
247 2TI 3 10 p091 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ 1 my patience patience If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **patience** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I am patient with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
248 2TI 3 10 p090 figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 my love love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
249 2TI 3 10 l4pp figs-abstractnouns μου…τῇ ὑπομονῇ τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 my longsuffering longsuffering If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a relative clause. Alternative translation: “how I endure when I suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
250 2TI 3 11 p092 translate-names ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις 1 in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra These are the names of three cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
251 2TI 3 11 p093 οἵους διωγμοὺς ὑπήνεγκα 1 what kind of persecutions I endured Paul is reminding Timothy that he knows of the various ways in which Paul suffered and how he endured until God rescued him. Alternate translation: “how I endured various persecutions”
252 2TI 3 11 r9vk figs-metaphor ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord rescued me from them all Paul speaks figuratively as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
253 2TI 3 12 ke7f ζῆν εὐσεβῶς 1 to live piously The term **piously** means in an obedient way that honors God. Alternate translation: “to live in a godly way”
254 2TI 3 12 xm9l figs-activepassive διωχθήσονται 1 will be persecuted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “people will persecute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255 2TI 3 13 p094 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωποι 1 men Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that can include both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
256 2TI 3 13 xo4q figs-hendiadys πονηροὶ…ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες 1 evil men and impostors This is probably a hendiadys, and the **evil men and impostors** are not two groups of people, but one group of people. Alternate translation: “evil people who only pretend to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
257 2TI 3 13 s7f2 γόητες 1 impostors The term **impostor** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers” The term **impostors** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers”
258 2TI 3 13 imc8 figs-metaphor προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 will advance unto the worse Paul speaks figuratively of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
259 2TI 3 13 p095 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 unto the worse This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worse and worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
260 2TI 3 13 eyx5 figs-metaphor πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι 1 leading astray and being led astray The expression **leading astray** uses the image of physically taking a person to a place that he didn’t think he was going to. This is a figurative reference to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
264 2TI 3 15 w9l5 figs-personification τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι 1 which are able to make you wise Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
265 2TI 3 15 p098 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
266 2TI 3 16 s274 figs-metaphor πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ 1 All Scripture is God-breathed The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267 2TI 3 16 hvr1 πᾶσα Γραφὴ πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος 1 All Scripture is God-breathed By **all Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are” By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
268 2TI 3 16 uv35 ὠφέλιμος 1 is profitable Paul refers to the Scripture as **profitable** to convey the idea that Timothy and all believers will benefit when they use the Scripture to teach, reprove, correct, and train. Alternate translation: “you will benefit from it as you use it” or “it benefits everyone when we use it”
269 2TI 3 16 vl2n figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐλεγμόν 1 for reproof Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for knowing what is right and wrong and showing people that they are wrong. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reproof** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people that they are wrong” or “for helping us to know when we are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
270 2TI 3 16 e5h9 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for showing people how to make something right. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **correction** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people how to make things right” or “for showing us how to fix errors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
271 2TI 3 16 y1hf figs-abstractnouns πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for the training that is in righteousness and for the training that is in righteousness Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for training people how to live lives that are right with God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for training people how to do what is right” or “for training us to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for training people how to live lives that are right with God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and for training people how to do what is right” or “and for training us to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
272 2TI 3 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God Paul is using the word **man** here in a generic sense that includes all believers in God, whether male or female. Of course, Paul also intends for Timothy to apply this to himself. Alternate translation: “the person who serves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
273 2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος 1 proficient Alternative translation: “fully capable”
274 2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278 2TI 4 1 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
279 2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
280 2TI 4 1 lwt2 figs-metonymy καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 and by his appearing and his kingdom Paul refers figuratively to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers figuratively to Christ’s rule as king by association to the kingdom that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
281 2TI 4 1 anqh καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 and by his appearing and his kingdom This can be understood in two different ways, depending on if Paul is placing Timothy under an oath or giving Timothy a command. (1) If Paul is placing Timothy under an oath, then he is saying that these are the things that Timothy would be denying if he fails to fulfill the oath. Alternate translation: “with an oath as strong as your desire for Christ’s return and for his rule as king” (2) If Paul is introducing a command in this verse, then Paul is appealing to these things to strengthen his command. Alternate translation: “and as surely as Christ will return and rule as king”
282 2TI 4 2 j2z7 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Paul is using the term **word** to refer figuratively to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
283 2TI 4 2 zzh4 figs-merism εὐκαίρως, ἀκαίρως 1 opportunely, inopportunely Paul means that Timothy should be ready to preach about Jesus when it seems like a good time to do so and also when it does not seem like a good time. He is using the two types of occasions together figuratively to indicate all occasions. Alternate translation: “when it is convenient and when it is not convenient” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
284 2TI 4 2 g7ax figs-explicit ἔλεγξον 1 reprove The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
285 2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
286 2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
287 2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
288 2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** could be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
289 2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
290 2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
291 2TI 4 3 ilx7 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
293 2TI 4 3 e5t2 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους 1 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of how people will obtain many teachers as if they were putting them into a heap or pile. They will want many teachers, but not value these teachers for how they live godly lives or how accurately they teach. Alternate translation: “they will gather many teachers for themselves who will teach what they want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
294 2TI 4 3 s375 figs-idiom κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν 1 their ear itching Paul speaks of people badly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be relieved if they found many teachers who would tell them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
295 2TI 4 3 p104 figs-metonymy κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν 1 their ear itching Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean hearing. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296 2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ…τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will…turn their ear away from the truth will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297 2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ…τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will…turn their ear away from the truth will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
298 2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
299 2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
300 2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
301 2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 an evangelist of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
302 2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
303 2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
304 2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
312 2TI 4 8 n3k8 figs-explicit ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313 2TI 4 8 uh88 τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 those who have loved his appearing Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
314 2TI 4 8 p109 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 his appearing See how you translated this in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring figuratively to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
315 2TI 4 9 t8b7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως 1 come…quickly come … quickly Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
316 2TI 4 10 e4xx translate-names Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος 1 Demas…Crescens…Titus Demas … Crescens … Titus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
317 2TI 4 10 ji2l figs-metonymy τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα 1 the present age The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things figuratively by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
318 2TI 4 10 u2qb figs-ellipsis Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν 1 Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, Crescens and Titus have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
319 2TI 4 10 gs61 translate-names Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν 1 Galatia…Dalmatia Galatia … Dalmatia This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
320 2TI 4 11 p110 translate-names Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον 1 Luke… Mark Luke … Mark These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
321 2TI 4 11 w21u μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν 1 he is useful to me for service This could mean one of two things. (1) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul to take care of his personal needs. Alternate translation: “he can help take care of my needs” (2) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul minister to others, especially by preaching and teaching. Alternate translation: “he is helpful to me in my ministry”
322 2TI 4 12 p111 translate-names Τυχικὸν 1 Tychicus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
323 2TI 4 12 y60r ἀπέστειλα 1 I sent Timothy is at Ephesus when he receives this letter. It may be that Tychicus is the one who carried this letter to Timothy at Ephesus. If so, then Paul is writing from Timothy’s perspective, who would view Paul’s sending of Tychicus as a past event. If this is confusing in your language and you want to include this possibility, you may need to change the tense of the verb to future. Alternate translation: “soon I will be sending”
324 2TI 4 12 p112 translate-names Ἔφεσον 1 Ephesus This is the name of a city. This is the city where Timothy is as he receives this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
325 2TI 4 13 d5rw translate-unknown φελόνην 1 cloak The term **cloak** refers to a heavy garment worn over clothes. Alternate translation: “coat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
326 2TI 4 13 x1jb translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
330 2TI 4 14 un4v translate-unknown Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς 1 Alexander the coppersmith The term **coppersmith** refers to a person who worked with things made of copper and other metals. Alternate translation: “Alexander, who works with metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
331 2TI 4 14 kv94 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
332 2TI 4 14 wbx4 figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 The Lord will repay him according to his deeds Paul speaks figuratively of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
333 2TI 4 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 opposed our words he … opposed our words The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
334 2TI 4 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “at the opening session of my trial” or “when I first appeared in court and explained my actions” Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “At the opening session of my trial” or “When I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
335 2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
336 2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “may God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
337 2TI 4 17 t1fw figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη 1 the Lord stood with me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
338 2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean one of two things. (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
339 2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here the word **all** could be (1) a figurative generalization, Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” or (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court, Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
343 2TI 4 19 p116 translate-names Πρίσκαν 1 Priscilla This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
344 2TI 4 19 p117 translate-names Ἀκύλαν 1 Aquila This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
345 2TI 4 19 n4zc figs-metonymy τὸν Ὀνησιφόρου οἶκον 1 the household of Onesiphorus See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
346 2TI 4 19 mef8 translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
347 2TI 4 20 p118 translate-names Κορίνθῳ 1 Corinth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
348 2TI 4 20 lie9 translate-names Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον 1 Erastus…Trophimus Erastus … Trophimus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
349 2TI 4 20 wtfw translate-names Κορίνθῳ 1 Corinth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
350 2TI 4 20 wp9h translate-names Μιλήτῳ 1 Miletus This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
351 2TI 4 21 cvc7 σπούδασον…ἐλθεῖν 1 Hasten to come Alternate translation: “do your best to come” or “try as hard as you can to come” Alternate translation: “Do your best to come” or “Try as hard as you can to come”
352 2TI 4 21 eh95 figs-explicit πρὸ χειμῶνος 1 before winter The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If winter is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you can use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
353 2TI 4 21 z1j9 figs-ellipsis ἀσπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Λίνος, καὶ Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Eubulus greets you, and Pudens, and Linus, and Claudia, and the brothers Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. To make sure that the meaning is clear, you can supply these words. The people listed after Eubulus are also greeting Timothy. Eubulus is not greeting them. Alternate translation: “Eubulus greets you, and so do Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
354 2TI 4 21 p7px translate-names Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος 1 Eubulus…Pudens…Linus Eubulus … Pudens … Linus These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
355 2TI 4 21 er77 translate-names Κλαυδία 1 Claudia This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
356 2TI 4 21 mk26 figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word **brothers** means all believers, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
357 2TI 4 22 tx26 figs-you ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
358 2TI 4 22 p119 figs-synecdoche ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
359 2TI 4 22 k85y figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “may grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
360 2TI 4 22 p120 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”

105
en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
View File

@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the Book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the Book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the Book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate Translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 knowledge **Knowledge** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth **Truth** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness **Godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge Here **knowledge** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth Here, **truth** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time “before time began”
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time “at the proper time”
@ -18,94 +18,93 @@ TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul and Titus both
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose The connecting phrase **for this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete “I told you to stay in Crete”
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
TIT 1 5 b52u καταστήσῃς…πρεσβυτέρους 1 ordain elders “appoint elders” or “designate elders”
TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith.
TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders.
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “An elder must be without blame” or “An elder must not have a bad reputation”
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 blameless To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” This can also be stated positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 the overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 The household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 the household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
TIT 1 8 i549 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 8 i549 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good “a person who loves to do good”
TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible…self-controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible … and self-controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 1 8 xy12 figs-doublet δίκαιον, ὅσιον 1 righteous, holy These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 He should hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He should be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 He must hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He must be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 that is in accordance with the teaching “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
TIT 1 9 abcj grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 sound teaching The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Connecting Statement: Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
TIT 1 10 w9kk figs-metaphor ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι 1 rebellious, empty talkers These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “people who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 10 w9kk figs-metaphor ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι 1 rebellious, empty talkers These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 10 ga6n φρεναπάται 1 deceivers This phrase describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
TIT 1 10 abcd figs-hendiadys ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those of the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them “You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 They are upsetting whole households **They are ruining entire families**. The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith.
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 are upsetting whole households **are ruining entire families**. The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith.
TIT 1 11 tw4e διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 teaching what they should not These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the Law because they are not true.
TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for the sake of shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of them, of their own prophets “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars “Cretans lie all the time”. This is an exaggeration that means that Cretans had a reputation to be liars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 evil beasts This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. Alternate translation: “as dangerous as wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 12 xyz1 figs-synecdoche γαστέρες ἀργαί 1 lazy bellies The part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 For this reason, rebuke them severely “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
TIT 1 13 abck grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 For this reason The connecting words **for this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
TIT 1 13 abck grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 For this reason The connecting words **For this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
TIT 1 13 je3r ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 so that they may be sound in the faith See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
TIT 1 13 abcl grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is the elder rebukes the Cretans severely, and the result is the Cretans become sound in the faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
TIT 1 13 xyz2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 in the faith Here the abstract noun **faith** represents the things that the people believe about God. Alternate translation: “in what they believe about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 14 abcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ 1 not The connecting word **not** introduces a contrast to being “sound in the faith” in the previous verse. In order to be sound in the faith, the people must not pay any attention to the Jewish myths or the commands of people who do not follow the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 14 p28i Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις 1 Jewish myths This refers to the false teaching of the Jews.
TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 turn away from the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure, all things are pure “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure “To those who are acceptable to God”
TIT 1 15 abcn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 14 p28i Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις 1 to Jewish myths This refers to the false teaching of the Jews.
TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 who turn away from the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “who reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 All things are pure to those who are pure “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 to those who are pure “to those who are acceptable to God”
TIT 1 15 abcn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 2 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 16 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (they know God) and what their actions show (they do not know God). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions “how they live proves that they do not know him”
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable “They are disgusting”
TIT 2 intro h3il 0 # Titus 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
TIT 2 1 lfu1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit σὺ δὲ 1 But you **You** here is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here as in the UST ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 with sound teaching See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
TIT 2 2 xyz3 figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας…εἶναι 1 Older men are to be The Greek does not have **are**, but only **older men to be**. We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit σὺ δὲ 1 But you Here, **you** here is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here as in the UST ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 with sound teaching See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
TIT 2 2 xyz3 figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας…εἶναι 1 Older men are to be The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 2 xy13 figs-doublet νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας 1 temperate, dignified, sensible These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 2 2 xc6t νηφαλίους 1 temperate “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be…sensible “to…control their desires”
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be … sensible “to … control their desires”
TIT 2 2 abc1 ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith The abstract noun **faith** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 2 2 z14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 in love The abstract noun **love** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 2 2 a14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 and in perseverance The abstract noun **perseverance** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and continually serve God even when things are difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Older women likewise are to be The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only **older women likewise**. We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women” or “Also teach older women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Older women likewise are to be The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only “older women likewise.” We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women” or “Also teach older women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “or controlled by their desire for wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or drinking too much wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 2 3 abc4 καλοδιδασκάλους 1 but to be teachers of what is good The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good”. The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
TIT 2 4 abc5 φιλάνδρους 1 lovers of their husbands “lovers of their own husbands”
TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children “lovers of their own children”
TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children “and lovers of their own children”
TIT 2 5 abcb ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 and subject to their own husbands “and to obey their own husbands”
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-metonymy ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted **Word** here is a metonym for “message”, which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-metonymy ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted Here, **word** here is a metonym for “message”, which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 5 abcq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men just as he was to train the older people.
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must be”
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 uncorrupted…sound This word has the same basic meaning as **uncorrupted** in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: **uncorrupted**, meaning, **without error**, and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound, whole**, meaning **correct**. Both terms refer to Titus’s teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 sound This word **sound** has the same basic meaning as “uncorrupted” in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: “uncorrupted,” meaning, “without error,” and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound**, meaning “correct.” Both terms refer to Titus’s teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that the opponent may be ashamed This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Slaves are to be subject to their masters The Greek does not have **are**, but only **slaves to be subject to their masters**. We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is **urge** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 their masters “their own masters”
TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Slaves are to be subject to their own masters The Greek does not have **are**, but only “slaves to be subject to their masters.” We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 are to be subject “must obey”
TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything “in every situation” or “always”
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 to be pleasing “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
TIT 2 10 abc6 μὴ νοσφιζομένους 1 not to steal “not to steal from their masters”
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 to demonstrate all good faith “to show that they are worthy of their masters’ trust”
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way “in everything they do”
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching that is about God our Savior “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
TIT 2 10 pn93 Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus’ coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -113,44 +112,44 @@ TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 training us
TIT 2 12 abce figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 12 lxb3 τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 godlessness “things that dishonor God”
TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness…godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively.
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness … godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
TIT 2 12 fk8j ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 looking forward to receiving ***waiting to welcome***
TIT 2 13 xyz6 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα 1 the blessed hope Here, what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 while we look forward to receiving **while we wait to welcome**
TIT 2 13 xyz6 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα 1 the blessed hope Here what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 13 abcf figs-hendiadys τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 1 the blessed hope and appearing of the glory Both **blessed hope** and **appearing of the glory** refer to the same event. This can be shown clearly. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 2 13 xyz7 figs-hendiadys τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 2 13 xyz7 figs-hendiadys τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people “a group of people that he treasures”
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 zealous for “who are eager to do”
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων 1 zealous for good works “who are eager to do good deeds”
TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort “encourage them to do these things”
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 rebuke with all authority If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 rebuke with all authority If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
TIT 2 15 xy22 figs-doublenegatives μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you This can be stated positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “refuse to listen to your words” or “refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let … disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Titus 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants, and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them “Do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
TIT 3 1 wa9x figs-doublet ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit…to obey These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
TIT 3 1 wa9x figs-doublet ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 to rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit … to obey them These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work “be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 to revile “to speak evil of”
TIT 3 2 abcx figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to avoid quarreling This can be stated positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also “This is because we ourselves were once”
TIT 3 2 abcx figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to be uncontentious This can be stated positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also were “This is because we ourselves were once”
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 passions “lusts” or “desires”
TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. **Evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable “causing others to hate us”
TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “When God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 4 abcg figs-abstractnouns ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared The abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 3 4 abch figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy “because he had mercy on us”
@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all C
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ saved us”
TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of everlasting life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
TIT 3 8 xy29 τούτων 1 these things This refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1-7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works “may seek to do good works”
@ -177,11 +176,11 @@ TIT 3 11 inh5 figs-metaphor ἐξέστραπται 1 has turned from the right
TIT 3 11 p81k ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος 1 being self-condemned “bringing judgment on himself”
TIT 3 12 z7i4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
TIT 3 12 mba6 ὅταν πέμψω 1 When I send “After I send”
TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Artemas…Tychicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Artemas … Tychicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
TIT 3 12 knt1 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 hurry to come “come quickly”
TIT 3 12 xy30 σπούδασον 1 hurry The verb is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
TIT 3 12 gdw9 παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter “to stay for the winter”
TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Zenas…Appollos These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Zenas … Appollos These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
TIT 3 13 s757 καὶ Ἀπολλῶν 1 and Apollos “and also Apollos”
TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their way “Do not delay in sending”
TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -193,8 +192,8 @@ TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order n
TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful This can be stated positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singular–this is a personal greeting to Titus.
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “all of the believers who are here with me”
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” or (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief”.
TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 of you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the Book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the Book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the Book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
3 TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
4 TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate Translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
5 TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 knowledge the knowledge **Knowledge** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here **knowledge** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6 TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth **Truth** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **truth** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7 TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness **Godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8 TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
9 TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time “before time began”
10 TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time “at the proper time”
18 TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19 TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
20 TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
21 TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose The connecting phrase **for this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
22 TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete “I told you to stay in Crete”
23 TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
24 TIT 1 5 b52u καταστήσῃς…πρεσβυτέρους 1 ordain elders “appoint elders” or “designate elders”
25 TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith.
26 TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders.
27 TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “An elder must be without blame” or “An elder must not have a bad reputation” This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
28 TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 blameless To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” This can also be stated positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
29 TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30 TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
31 TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 the overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
32 TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 The household manager of God the household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33 TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
34 TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
35 TIT 1 8 i549 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
36 TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good “a person who loves to do good”
37 TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible…self-controlled sensible … and self-controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
38 TIT 1 8 xy12 figs-doublet δίκαιον, ὅσιον 1 righteous, holy These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
39 TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 He should hold tightly to He must hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He should be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He must be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40 TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 that is in accordance with the teaching “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
41 TIT 1 9 abcj grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
42 TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 sound teaching The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
43 TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Connecting Statement: Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
44 TIT 1 10 w9kk figs-metaphor ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι 1 rebellious, empty talkers These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “people who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45 TIT 1 10 ga6n φρεναπάται 1 deceivers This phrase describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
46 TIT 1 10 abcd figs-hendiadys ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
47 TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those of the circumcision those from the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
48 TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them “You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”
49 TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 They are upsetting whole households are upsetting whole households **They are ruining entire families**. The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith. **are ruining entire families**. The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith.
50 TIT 1 11 tw4e διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 teaching what they should not These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the Law because they are not true.
51 TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for the sake of shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
52 TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets One of them, of their own prophets “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
53 TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars “Cretans lie all the time”. This is an exaggeration that means that Cretans had a reputation to be liars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
54 TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 evil beasts This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. Alternate translation: “as dangerous as wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55 TIT 1 12 xyz1 figs-synecdoche γαστέρες ἀργαί 1 lazy bellies The part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
56 TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 For this reason, rebuke them severely “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
57 TIT 1 13 abck grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 For this reason The connecting words **for this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) The connecting words **For this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
58 TIT 1 13 je3r ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 so that they may be sound in the faith See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
59 TIT 1 13 abcl grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is the elder rebukes the Cretans severely, and the result is the Cretans become sound in the faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
60 TIT 1 13 xyz2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 in the faith Here the abstract noun **faith** represents the things that the people believe about God. Alternate translation: “in what they believe about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
61 TIT 1 14 abcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ 1 not The connecting word **not** introduces a contrast to being “sound in the faith” in the previous verse. In order to be sound in the faith, the people must not pay any attention to the Jewish myths or the commands of people who do not follow the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
62 TIT 1 14 p28i Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις 1 Jewish myths to Jewish myths This refers to the false teaching of the Jews.
63 TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 turn away from the truth who turn away from the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “who reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64 TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure, all things are pure All things are pure to those who are pure “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
65 TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure to those who are pure “To those who are acceptable to God” “to those who are acceptable to God”
66 TIT 1 15 abcn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
67 TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 2 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
68 TIT 1 16 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (they know God) and what their actions show (they do not know God). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
69 TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions “how they live proves that they do not know him”
70 TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable “They are disgusting”
71 TIT 2 intro h3il 0 # Titus 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
72 TIT 2 1 lfu1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
73 TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit σὺ δὲ 1 But you **You** here is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here as in the UST ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **you** here is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here as in the UST ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
74 TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 with sound teaching See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings” See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
75 TIT 2 2 xyz3 figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας…εἶναι 1 Older men are to be The Greek does not have **are**, but only **older men to be**. We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
76 TIT 2 2 xy13 figs-doublet νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας 1 temperate, dignified, sensible These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
77 TIT 2 2 xc6t νηφαλίους 1 temperate “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
78 TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be…sensible to be … sensible “to…control their desires” “to … control their desires”
79 TIT 2 2 abc1 ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
80 TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith The abstract noun **faith** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
81 TIT 2 2 z14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 in love The abstract noun **love** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
82 TIT 2 2 a14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 and in perseverance The abstract noun **perseverance** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and continually serve God even when things are difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
83 TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Older women likewise are to be The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only **older women likewise**. We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women” or “Also teach older women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only “older women likewise.” We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women” or “Also teach older women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
84 TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
85 TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine enslaved to much wine People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “or controlled by their desire for wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine enslaved to much wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or drinking too much wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
87 TIT 2 3 abc4 καλοδιδασκάλους 1 but to be teachers of what is good The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good”. The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
88 TIT 2 4 abc5 φιλάνδρους 1 lovers of their husbands “lovers of their own husbands”
89 TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children “lovers of their own children” “and lovers of their own children”
90 TIT 2 5 abcb ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 and subject to their own husbands “and to obey their own husbands”
91 TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-metonymy ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted **Word** here is a metonym for “message”, which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **word** here is a metonym for “message”, which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 TIT 2 5 abcq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men just as he was to train the older people.
94 TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must be”
95 TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
96 TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 uncorrupted…sound sound This word has the same basic meaning as **uncorrupted** in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: **uncorrupted**, meaning, **without error**, and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound, whole**, meaning **correct**. Both terms refer to Titus’s teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms. This word **sound** has the same basic meaning as “uncorrupted” in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: “uncorrupted,” meaning, “without error,” and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound**, meaning “correct.” Both terms refer to Titus’s teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
97 TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that the opponent may be ashamed This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
98 TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
99 TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Slaves are to be subject to their masters Slaves are to be subject to their own masters The Greek does not have **are**, but only **slaves to be subject to their masters**. We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is **urge** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) The Greek does not have **are**, but only “slaves to be subject to their masters.” We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 their masters “their own masters”
100 TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 are to be subject “must obey”
101 TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything “in every situation” or “always”
102 TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 to be pleasing “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
103 TIT 2 10 abc6 μὴ νοσφιζομένους 1 not to steal “not to steal from their masters”
104 TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 to demonstrate all good faith “to show that they are worthy of their masters’ trust”
105 TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way “in everything they do”
106 TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior they may bring credit to the teaching that is about God our Savior “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
107 TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
108 TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
109 TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus’ coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
110 TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112 TIT 2 12 abce figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
113 TIT 2 12 lxb3 τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 godlessness “things that dishonor God”
114 TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
115 TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness…godly way godlessness … godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively. These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
116 TIT 2 12 fk8j ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
117 TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 looking forward to receiving while we look forward to receiving ***waiting to welcome*** **while we wait to welcome**
118 TIT 2 13 xyz6 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα 1 the blessed hope Here, what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 TIT 2 13 abcf figs-hendiadys τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 1 the blessed hope and appearing of the glory Both **blessed hope** and **appearing of the glory** refer to the same event. This can be shown clearly. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
121 TIT 2 13 xyz7 figs-hendiadys τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our great God and Savior Jesus Christ of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
122 TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123 TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
124 TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
125 TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
126 TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people “a group of people that he treasures”
127 TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων 1 zealous for zealous for good works “who are eager to do” “who are eager to do good deeds”
128 TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort “encourage them to do these things”
129 TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 rebuke with all authority If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
130 TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
131 TIT 2 15 xy22 figs-doublenegatives μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you This can be stated positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
132 TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 disregard you Let … disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “refuse to listen to your words” or “refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133 TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Titus 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants, and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
134 TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
135 TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
136 TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them “Do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them” “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
137 TIT 3 1 wa9x figs-doublet ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities to rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
138 TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit…to obey to submit … to obey them These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
139 TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work “be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
140 TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 to revile “to speak evil of”
141 TIT 3 2 abcx figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to avoid quarreling to be uncontentious This can be stated positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
142 TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also For once we also were “This is because we ourselves were once”
143 TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
144 TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
145 TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
146 TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
147 TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
148 TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 passions “lusts” or “desires”
149 TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. **Evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have” Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
150 TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable “causing others to hate us”
151 TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
152 TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “When God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
153 TIT 3 4 abcg figs-abstractnouns ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared The abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
154 TIT 3 4 abch figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
155 TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy “because he had mercy on us”
159 TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ saved us”
160 TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
161 TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
162 TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of eternal life we might become heirs according to the certain hope of everlasting life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
163 TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
164 TIT 3 8 xy29 τούτων 1 these things This refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1-7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
165 TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works “may seek to do good works”
176 TIT 3 11 p81k ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος 1 being self-condemned “bringing judgment on himself”
177 TIT 3 12 z7i4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
178 TIT 3 12 mba6 ὅταν πέμψω 1 When I send “After I send”
179 TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Artemas…Tychicus Artemas … Tychicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
180 TIT 3 12 knt1 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 hurry to come “come quickly”
181 TIT 3 12 xy30 σπούδασον 1 hurry The verb is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
182 TIT 3 12 gdw9 παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter “to stay for the winter”
183 TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Zenas…Appollos Zenas … Appollos These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
184 TIT 3 13 s757 καὶ Ἀπολλῶν 1 and Apollos “and also Apollos”
185 TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their way “Do not delay in sending”
186 TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
192 TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful This can be stated positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
193 TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
194 TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singular–this is a personal greeting to Titus.
195 TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “all of the believers who are here with me” “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
196 TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” or (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief”.
197 TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
198 TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
199 TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 you of you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.